diff --git a/Makefile b/Makefile index 914335a50..a4a4c3090 100644 --- a/Makefile +++ b/Makefile @@ -8,6 +8,9 @@ REVISION?=$(shell git rev-list -1 HEAD) # Docker client API version. Change this to be consistent with the version of the vendored sources you use. DOCKER_CLIENT_VERSION?=1.24 +# True to run e2e test +E2E_TESTS?=true + # Allow turning off function inlining and variable registerization ifeq (${DISABLE_OPTIMIZATION},true) GO_GCFLAGS=-gcflags "-N -l" @@ -50,8 +53,10 @@ build-docker: @docker build ${DOCKER_BUILD_FLAGS} \ -t ${DOCKER_IMAGE}:${DOCKER_TAG} \ -f ${CURDIR}/dockerfiles/Dockerfile.bundle . +ifeq (${E2E_TESTS},true) @echo "Running tests -- scripts/e2e-test-docker-containers.sh to verify the binaries" @scripts/e2e-test-docker-containers.sh +endif ifeq (${DOCKER_PUSH},true) @docker push ${DOCKER_IMAGE}:${DOCKER_TAG} ifeq (${DOCKER_TAG_LATEST},true) @@ -197,7 +202,11 @@ coverage: e2e-test: binaries @echo "+ $@" - ./scripts/e2e-test.sh +ifeq (${E2E_TESTS},true) + @echo "Running tests -- scripts/e2e-test.sh to verify the binaries" + @./scripts/e2e-test.sh +endif + test-full: @echo "+ $@" diff --git a/cmd/infrakit/main.go b/cmd/infrakit/main.go index 9f12284c4..82acda6df 100644 --- a/cmd/infrakit/main.go +++ b/cmd/infrakit/main.go @@ -3,8 +3,10 @@ package main import ( "flag" "fmt" + "io/ioutil" "net/url" "os" + "path/filepath" "strings" "github.com/docker/infrakit/cmd/infrakit/base" @@ -14,6 +16,7 @@ import ( discovery_local "github.com/docker/infrakit/pkg/discovery/local" "github.com/docker/infrakit/pkg/discovery/remote" logutil "github.com/docker/infrakit/pkg/log" + "github.com/docker/infrakit/pkg/types" "github.com/spf13/cobra" _ "github.com/docker/infrakit/cmd/infrakit/event" @@ -58,31 +61,67 @@ func main() { cmd.PersistentFlags().AddFlagSet(cli.Flags(logOptions)) cmd.PersistentFlags().AddGoFlagSet(flag.CommandLine) - cmd.PersistentFlags().StringSliceVarP(&remotes, "host", "H", remotes, "host list. Default is local sockets") // parse the list of hosts cmd.PersistentPreRunE = func(c *cobra.Command, args []string) error { logutil.Configure(logOptions) + hosts := []string{} + if len(remotes) > 0 { - for _, h := range remotes { - addProtocol := false - if !strings.Contains(h, "://") { - h = "http://" + h - addProtocol = true - } - u, err := url.Parse(h) - if err != nil { - return err - } - if addProtocol { - u.Scheme = "http" - } - - ulist = append(ulist, u) + + // The command line flag wins. + hosts = remotes + + } else { + + // If not -- see if INFRAKIT_HOST is set to point to a host list in the $INFRAKIT_HOME/hosts file. + host := os.Getenv("INFRAKIT_HOST") + if host == "" { + return nil // do nothing -- local mode + } + + // Now look up the host lists in the file + hostsFile := filepath.Join(os.Getenv("INFRAKIT_HOME"), "hosts") + buff, err := ioutil.ReadFile(hostsFile) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("cannot read hosts file at %s for INFRAKIT_HOST=%s, err=%v", hostsFile, host, err) + } + m := map[string]string{} + yaml, err := types.AnyYAML(buff) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("bad format for hosts file at %s for INFRAKIT_HOST=%s, err=%v", hostsFile, host, err) + + } + err = yaml.Decode(&m) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("cannot decode hosts file at %s for INFRAKIT_HOST=%s, err=%v", hostsFile, host, err) + } + + if list, has := m[host]; has { + hosts = strings.Split(list, ",") + } else { + return fmt.Errorf("no entry in hosts file at %s for INFRAKIT_HOST=%s", hostsFile, host) } } + + for _, h := range hosts { + addProtocol := false + if !strings.Contains(h, "://") { + h = "http://" + h + addProtocol = true + } + u, err := url.Parse(h) + if err != nil { + return err + } + if addProtocol { + u.Scheme = "http" + } + + ulist = append(ulist, u) + } return nil } @@ -94,6 +133,7 @@ func main() { // They are returned from cmd.Execute() below and we print it ourselves. cmd.SilenceErrors = true f := func() discovery.Plugins { + if len(ulist) == 0 { d, err := discovery_local.NewPluginDiscovery() if err != nil { diff --git a/cmd/infrakit/plugin/plugin.go b/cmd/infrakit/plugin/plugin.go index e59ddb4c5..cb616b1ab 100644 --- a/cmd/infrakit/plugin/plugin.go +++ b/cmd/infrakit/plugin/plugin.go @@ -69,6 +69,30 @@ func Command(plugins func() discovery.Plugins) *cobra.Command { typeMap, err := hs.Types() if err != nil { log.Warn("cannot get types for this kind", "err", err, "addr", entry.Address) + + // plugins that haven't been updated to the new types() call + + // try the implements + if spis, err := hs.Implements(); err == nil { + for _, spi := range spis { + ep := ep{ + name: major, + listen: entry.Address, + spi: rpc.InterfaceSpec(fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s", spi.Name, spi.Version)), + } + + key := fmt.Sprintf("%s:%s", ep.name, ep.spi) + view[key] = ep + keys = append(keys, key) + } + } else { + ep := ep{ + name: major, + listen: entry.Address, + } + view[ep.name] = ep + keys = append(keys, ep.name) + } continue } @@ -98,7 +122,7 @@ func Command(plugins func() discovery.Plugins) *cobra.Command { } if !*quiet { - fmt.Printf("%-20s\t%-50s\t%-s\n", "NAME", "LISTEN", "INTERFACES") + fmt.Printf("%-20s\t%-50s\t%-s\n", "NAME", "LISTEN", "INTERFACE") } sort.Strings(keys) diff --git a/docs/playbooks/README.md b/docs/playbooks/README.md index 8368360f3..f0678d379 100644 --- a/docs/playbooks/README.md +++ b/docs/playbooks/README.md @@ -28,6 +28,11 @@ In your terminal, or add this to your `.bash_profile`: ```shell export INFRAKIT_HOME=~/.infrakit ``` +If you're on the Mac, also + +```shell +export INFRAKIT_HOST=localhost +``` ## Add a Playbook diff --git a/docs/playbooks/linuxkit/start-infrakit.sh b/docs/playbooks/linuxkit/start-infrakit.sh index 025c82c9d..38acd69fd 100644 --- a/docs/playbooks/linuxkit/start-infrakit.sh +++ b/docs/playbooks/linuxkit/start-infrakit.sh @@ -40,3 +40,9 @@ docker run -d --volumes-from infrakit --name manager \ {{ source "start-instance-hyperkit.sh" }} {{ source "start-instance-gcp.sh" }} + +echo "Updating hosts file" +{{ $hostsFile := list (env `INFRAKIT_HOME`) `/hosts` | join `` }} +{{ $hosts := include (list `file://` $hostsFile | join ``) | yamlDecode }} +{{ $_ := set $hosts `localhost` (list `localhost` $port | join `:`) }} +echo "{{ $hosts | yamlEncode }}" > {{ $hostsFile }} diff --git a/docs/playbooks/linuxkit/start-instance-hyperkit.sh b/docs/playbooks/linuxkit/start-instance-hyperkit.sh index e9c9a6252..92ddfbb25 100644 --- a/docs/playbooks/linuxkit/start-instance-hyperkit.sh +++ b/docs/playbooks/linuxkit/start-instance-hyperkit.sh @@ -13,7 +13,4 @@ echo "This plugin is listening at localhost:24865" infrakit-instance-hyperkit --log 5 > {{env `INFRAKIT_HOME`}}/logs/instance-hyperkit.log 2>&1 & -# hack to make this work with Docker4Mac -- if connecting locally on the host -echo "tcp://localhost:24865" > {{ env `INFRAKIT_HOME`}}/plugins/instance-hyperkit-local.listen - {{ end }} diff --git a/docs/playbooks/linuxkit/stop-infrakit.sh b/docs/playbooks/linuxkit/stop-infrakit.sh index 5d51ef4b2..03d991da2 100644 --- a/docs/playbooks/linuxkit/stop-infrakit.sh +++ b/docs/playbooks/linuxkit/stop-infrakit.sh @@ -21,8 +21,6 @@ echo "Stopping local hyperkit plugin" export INFRAKIT_HOME={{ env `INFRAKIT_HOME` }} infrakit plugin stop --all -rm -f $INFRAKIT_HOME/plugins/instance-hyperkit-local.listen - {{ else }} echo "Not stopping Infrakit" diff --git a/scripts/e2e-test-docker-containers.sh b/scripts/e2e-test-docker-containers.sh index d855d00cd..15e093438 100755 --- a/scripts/e2e-test-docker-containers.sh +++ b/scripts/e2e-test-docker-containers.sh @@ -112,6 +112,7 @@ expect_output_lines() { fi } +ls $TEST_DIR/plugins expect_output_lines "16 plugins should be discoverable" "run infrakit plugin ls -q" "16" expect_output_lines "0 instances should exist" "run infrakit instance describe -q --name instance-file" "0" diff --git a/vendor.conf b/vendor.conf index a41021b03..dabddea0b 100644 --- a/vendor.conf +++ b/vendor.conf @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ github.com/golang/protobuf/jsonpb 4bd1920723d7b7c925de087a github.com/golang/protobuf/proto 4bd1920723d7b7c925de087aa32e2187708897f7 github.com/gorilla/mux 757bef9 github.com/gorilla/rpc 22c016f -github.com/graymeta/stow 0f16e17 +github.com/graymeta/stow 0f16e170afc5e1b89434469a3b52a81f792c9038 github.com/grpc-ecosystem/go-grpc-prometheus v1.1 github.com/grpc-ecosystem/grpc-gateway/runtime 84398b94e188ee336f307779b57b3aa91af7063c github.com/grpc-ecosystem/grpc-gateway/utilities 84398b94e188ee336f307779b57b3aa91af7063c @@ -96,3 +96,14 @@ gopkg.in/mgo.v2/bson 3f83fa5 gopkg.in/mgo.v2/internal 3f83fa5 gopkg.in/tylerb/graceful.v1 v1.2.13 gopkg.in/yaml.v2 a5b47d3 +cloud.google.com/go/compute/metadata 3c8d908 +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol 19c3b41 +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest 19c3b41 +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml 19c3b41 +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts 19c3b41 +github.com/go-ini/ini e7fea39 +golang.org/x/oauth2 a6bd8ce +golang.org/x/oauth2/jws a6bd8ce +golang.org/x/oauth2/jwt a6bd8ce +google.golang.org/api/gensupport d48d03b +google.golang.org/api/googleapi d48d03b diff --git a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/compute/metadata/metadata.go b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/compute/metadata/metadata.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e708c031b --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/compute/metadata/metadata.go @@ -0,0 +1,437 @@ +// Copyright 2014 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved. +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); +// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. +// You may obtain a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, +// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. +// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and +// limitations under the License. + +// Package metadata provides access to Google Compute Engine (GCE) +// metadata and API service accounts. +// +// This package is a wrapper around the GCE metadata service, +// as documented at https://developers.google.com/compute/docs/metadata. +package metadata // import "cloud.google.com/go/compute/metadata" + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "io/ioutil" + "net" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "os" + "runtime" + "strings" + "sync" + "time" + + "golang.org/x/net/context" + "golang.org/x/net/context/ctxhttp" +) + +const ( + // metadataIP is the documented metadata server IP address. + metadataIP = "169.254.169.254" + + // metadataHostEnv is the environment variable specifying the + // GCE metadata hostname. If empty, the default value of + // metadataIP ("169.254.169.254") is used instead. + // This is variable name is not defined by any spec, as far as + // I know; it was made up for the Go package. + metadataHostEnv = "GCE_METADATA_HOST" + + userAgent = "gcloud-golang/0.1" +) + +type cachedValue struct { + k string + trim bool + mu sync.Mutex + v string +} + +var ( + projID = &cachedValue{k: "project/project-id", trim: true} + projNum = &cachedValue{k: "project/numeric-project-id", trim: true} + instID = &cachedValue{k: "instance/id", trim: true} +) + +var ( + metaClient = &http.Client{ + Transport: &http.Transport{ + Dial: (&net.Dialer{ + Timeout: 2 * time.Second, + KeepAlive: 30 * time.Second, + }).Dial, + ResponseHeaderTimeout: 2 * time.Second, + }, + } + subscribeClient = &http.Client{ + Transport: &http.Transport{ + Dial: (&net.Dialer{ + Timeout: 2 * time.Second, + KeepAlive: 30 * time.Second, + }).Dial, + }, + } +) + +// NotDefinedError is returned when requested metadata is not defined. +// +// The underlying string is the suffix after "/computeMetadata/v1/". +// +// This error is not returned if the value is defined to be the empty +// string. +type NotDefinedError string + +func (suffix NotDefinedError) Error() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("metadata: GCE metadata %q not defined", string(suffix)) +} + +// Get returns a value from the metadata service. +// The suffix is appended to "http://${GCE_METADATA_HOST}/computeMetadata/v1/". +// +// If the GCE_METADATA_HOST environment variable is not defined, a default of +// 169.254.169.254 will be used instead. +// +// If the requested metadata is not defined, the returned error will +// be of type NotDefinedError. +func Get(suffix string) (string, error) { + val, _, err := getETag(metaClient, suffix) + return val, err +} + +// getETag returns a value from the metadata service as well as the associated +// ETag using the provided client. This func is otherwise equivalent to Get. +func getETag(client *http.Client, suffix string) (value, etag string, err error) { + // Using a fixed IP makes it very difficult to spoof the metadata service in + // a container, which is an important use-case for local testing of cloud + // deployments. To enable spoofing of the metadata service, the environment + // variable GCE_METADATA_HOST is first inspected to decide where metadata + // requests shall go. + host := os.Getenv(metadataHostEnv) + if host == "" { + // Using 169.254.169.254 instead of "metadata" here because Go + // binaries built with the "netgo" tag and without cgo won't + // know the search suffix for "metadata" is + // ".google.internal", and this IP address is documented as + // being stable anyway. + host = metadataIP + } + url := "http://" + host + "/computeMetadata/v1/" + suffix + req, _ := http.NewRequest("GET", url, nil) + req.Header.Set("Metadata-Flavor", "Google") + req.Header.Set("User-Agent", userAgent) + res, err := client.Do(req) + if err != nil { + return "", "", err + } + defer res.Body.Close() + if res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotFound { + return "", "", NotDefinedError(suffix) + } + if res.StatusCode != 200 { + return "", "", fmt.Errorf("status code %d trying to fetch %s", res.StatusCode, url) + } + all, err := ioutil.ReadAll(res.Body) + if err != nil { + return "", "", err + } + return string(all), res.Header.Get("Etag"), nil +} + +func getTrimmed(suffix string) (s string, err error) { + s, err = Get(suffix) + s = strings.TrimSpace(s) + return +} + +func (c *cachedValue) get() (v string, err error) { + defer c.mu.Unlock() + c.mu.Lock() + if c.v != "" { + return c.v, nil + } + if c.trim { + v, err = getTrimmed(c.k) + } else { + v, err = Get(c.k) + } + if err == nil { + c.v = v + } + return +} + +var ( + onGCEOnce sync.Once + onGCE bool +) + +// OnGCE reports whether this process is running on Google Compute Engine. +func OnGCE() bool { + onGCEOnce.Do(initOnGCE) + return onGCE +} + +func initOnGCE() { + onGCE = testOnGCE() +} + +func testOnGCE() bool { + // The user explicitly said they're on GCE, so trust them. + if os.Getenv(metadataHostEnv) != "" { + return true + } + + ctx, cancel := context.WithCancel(context.Background()) + defer cancel() + + resc := make(chan bool, 2) + + // Try two strategies in parallel. + // See https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/google-cloud-go/issues/194 + go func() { + req, _ := http.NewRequest("GET", "http://"+metadataIP, nil) + req.Header.Set("User-Agent", userAgent) + res, err := ctxhttp.Do(ctx, metaClient, req) + if err != nil { + resc <- false + return + } + defer res.Body.Close() + resc <- res.Header.Get("Metadata-Flavor") == "Google" + }() + + go func() { + addrs, err := net.LookupHost("metadata.google.internal") + if err != nil || len(addrs) == 0 { + resc <- false + return + } + resc <- strsContains(addrs, metadataIP) + }() + + tryHarder := systemInfoSuggestsGCE() + if tryHarder { + res := <-resc + if res { + // The first strategy succeeded, so let's use it. + return true + } + // Wait for either the DNS or metadata server probe to + // contradict the other one and say we are running on + // GCE. Give it a lot of time to do so, since the system + // info already suggests we're running on a GCE BIOS. + timer := time.NewTimer(5 * time.Second) + defer timer.Stop() + select { + case res = <-resc: + return res + case <-timer.C: + // Too slow. Who knows what this system is. + return false + } + } + + // There's no hint from the system info that we're running on + // GCE, so use the first probe's result as truth, whether it's + // true or false. The goal here is to optimize for speed for + // users who are NOT running on GCE. We can't assume that + // either a DNS lookup or an HTTP request to a blackholed IP + // address is fast. Worst case this should return when the + // metaClient's Transport.ResponseHeaderTimeout or + // Transport.Dial.Timeout fires (in two seconds). + return <-resc +} + +// systemInfoSuggestsGCE reports whether the local system (without +// doing network requests) suggests that we're running on GCE. If this +// returns true, testOnGCE tries a bit harder to reach its metadata +// server. +func systemInfoSuggestsGCE() bool { + if runtime.GOOS != "linux" { + // We don't have any non-Linux clues available, at least yet. + return false + } + slurp, _ := ioutil.ReadFile("/sys/class/dmi/id/product_name") + name := strings.TrimSpace(string(slurp)) + return name == "Google" || name == "Google Compute Engine" +} + +// Subscribe subscribes to a value from the metadata service. +// The suffix is appended to "http://${GCE_METADATA_HOST}/computeMetadata/v1/". +// The suffix may contain query parameters. +// +// Subscribe calls fn with the latest metadata value indicated by the provided +// suffix. If the metadata value is deleted, fn is called with the empty string +// and ok false. Subscribe blocks until fn returns a non-nil error or the value +// is deleted. Subscribe returns the error value returned from the last call to +// fn, which may be nil when ok == false. +func Subscribe(suffix string, fn func(v string, ok bool) error) error { + const failedSubscribeSleep = time.Second * 5 + + // First check to see if the metadata value exists at all. + val, lastETag, err := getETag(subscribeClient, suffix) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + if err := fn(val, true); err != nil { + return err + } + + ok := true + if strings.ContainsRune(suffix, '?') { + suffix += "&wait_for_change=true&last_etag=" + } else { + suffix += "?wait_for_change=true&last_etag=" + } + for { + val, etag, err := getETag(subscribeClient, suffix+url.QueryEscape(lastETag)) + if err != nil { + if _, deleted := err.(NotDefinedError); !deleted { + time.Sleep(failedSubscribeSleep) + continue // Retry on other errors. + } + ok = false + } + lastETag = etag + + if err := fn(val, ok); err != nil || !ok { + return err + } + } +} + +// ProjectID returns the current instance's project ID string. +func ProjectID() (string, error) { return projID.get() } + +// NumericProjectID returns the current instance's numeric project ID. +func NumericProjectID() (string, error) { return projNum.get() } + +// InternalIP returns the instance's primary internal IP address. +func InternalIP() (string, error) { + return getTrimmed("instance/network-interfaces/0/ip") +} + +// ExternalIP returns the instance's primary external (public) IP address. +func ExternalIP() (string, error) { + return getTrimmed("instance/network-interfaces/0/access-configs/0/external-ip") +} + +// Hostname returns the instance's hostname. This will be of the form +// ".c..internal". +func Hostname() (string, error) { + return getTrimmed("instance/hostname") +} + +// InstanceTags returns the list of user-defined instance tags, +// assigned when initially creating a GCE instance. +func InstanceTags() ([]string, error) { + var s []string + j, err := Get("instance/tags") + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if err := json.NewDecoder(strings.NewReader(j)).Decode(&s); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return s, nil +} + +// InstanceID returns the current VM's numeric instance ID. +func InstanceID() (string, error) { + return instID.get() +} + +// InstanceName returns the current VM's instance ID string. +func InstanceName() (string, error) { + host, err := Hostname() + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + return strings.Split(host, ".")[0], nil +} + +// Zone returns the current VM's zone, such as "us-central1-b". +func Zone() (string, error) { + zone, err := getTrimmed("instance/zone") + // zone is of the form "projects//zones/". + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + return zone[strings.LastIndex(zone, "/")+1:], nil +} + +// InstanceAttributes returns the list of user-defined attributes, +// assigned when initially creating a GCE VM instance. The value of an +// attribute can be obtained with InstanceAttributeValue. +func InstanceAttributes() ([]string, error) { return lines("instance/attributes/") } + +// ProjectAttributes returns the list of user-defined attributes +// applying to the project as a whole, not just this VM. The value of +// an attribute can be obtained with ProjectAttributeValue. +func ProjectAttributes() ([]string, error) { return lines("project/attributes/") } + +func lines(suffix string) ([]string, error) { + j, err := Get(suffix) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + s := strings.Split(strings.TrimSpace(j), "\n") + for i := range s { + s[i] = strings.TrimSpace(s[i]) + } + return s, nil +} + +// InstanceAttributeValue returns the value of the provided VM +// instance attribute. +// +// If the requested attribute is not defined, the returned error will +// be of type NotDefinedError. +// +// InstanceAttributeValue may return ("", nil) if the attribute was +// defined to be the empty string. +func InstanceAttributeValue(attr string) (string, error) { + return Get("instance/attributes/" + attr) +} + +// ProjectAttributeValue returns the value of the provided +// project attribute. +// +// If the requested attribute is not defined, the returned error will +// be of type NotDefinedError. +// +// ProjectAttributeValue may return ("", nil) if the attribute was +// defined to be the empty string. +func ProjectAttributeValue(attr string) (string, error) { + return Get("project/attributes/" + attr) +} + +// Scopes returns the service account scopes for the given account. +// The account may be empty or the string "default" to use the instance's +// main account. +func Scopes(serviceAccount string) ([]string, error) { + if serviceAccount == "" { + serviceAccount = "default" + } + return lines("instance/service-accounts/" + serviceAccount + "/scopes") +} + +func strsContains(ss []string, s string) bool { + for _, v := range ss { + if v == s { + return true + } + } + return false +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go index e6d7ede6d..90558c44b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go @@ -60,7 +60,6 @@ const ( CodecommitServiceID = "codecommit" // Codecommit. CodedeployServiceID = "codedeploy" // Codedeploy. CodepipelineServiceID = "codepipeline" // Codepipeline. - CodestarServiceID = "codestar" // Codestar. CognitoIdentityServiceID = "cognito-identity" // CognitoIdentity. CognitoIdpServiceID = "cognito-idp" // CognitoIdp. CognitoSyncServiceID = "cognito-sync" // CognitoSync. @@ -84,7 +83,6 @@ const ( ElasticmapreduceServiceID = "elasticmapreduce" // Elasticmapreduce. ElastictranscoderServiceID = "elastictranscoder" // Elastictranscoder. EmailServiceID = "email" // Email. - EntitlementMarketplaceServiceID = "entitlement.marketplace" // EntitlementMarketplace. EsServiceID = "es" // Es. EventsServiceID = "events" // Events. FirehoseServiceID = "firehose" // Firehose. @@ -496,21 +494,11 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "us-west-2": endpoint{}, }, }, - "codestar": service{ - - Endpoints: endpoints{ - "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, - "us-east-1": endpoint{}, - "us-east-2": endpoint{}, - "us-west-2": endpoint{}, - }, - }, "cognito-identity": service{ Endpoints: endpoints{ "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, - "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, @@ -525,7 +513,6 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Endpoints: endpoints{ "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, - "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, @@ -540,7 +527,6 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Endpoints: endpoints{ "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, - "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, @@ -855,16 +841,6 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "us-west-2": endpoint{}, }, }, - "entitlement.marketplace": service{ - Defaults: endpoint{ - CredentialScope: credentialScope{ - Service: "aws-marketplace", - }, - }, - Endpoints: endpoints{ - "us-east-1": endpoint{}, - }, - }, "es": service{ Endpoints: endpoints{ @@ -1515,7 +1491,6 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Endpoints: endpoints{ "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, - "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/waiter.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/waiter.go index 22d2f8098..854b0854a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/waiter.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/waiter.go @@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ func WithWaiterRequestOptions(opts ...Option) WaiterOption { } } -// A Waiter provides the functionality to perform a blocking call which will -// wait for a resource state to be satisfied by a service. +// A Waiter provides the functionality to performing blocking call which will +// wait for an resource state to be satisfied a service. // // This type should not be used directly. The API operations provided in the // service packages prefixed with "WaitUntil" should be used instead. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/doc.go index ea7b886f8..2fe35e74d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/doc.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/doc.go @@ -124,8 +124,9 @@ file (~/.aws/config) and shared credentials file (~/.aws/credentials). Both files have the same format. If both config files are present the configuration from both files will be -read. The Session will be created from configuration values from the shared -credentials file (~/.aws/credentials) over those in the shared config file (~/.aws/config). +read. The Session will be created from configuration values from the shared +credentials file (~/.aws/credentials) over those in the shared credentials +file (~/.aws/config). Credentials are the values the SDK should use for authenticating requests with AWS Services. They arfrom a configuration file will need to include both diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go index 6cf54820d..eeb6467a2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go @@ -5,4 +5,4 @@ package aws const SDKName = "aws-sdk-go" // SDKVersion is the version of this SDK -const SDKVersion = "1.8.20" +const SDKVersion = "1.8.19" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/idempotency.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/idempotency.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53831dff9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/idempotency.go @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +package protocol + +import ( + "crypto/rand" + "fmt" + "reflect" +) + +// RandReader is the random reader the protocol package will use to read +// random bytes from. This is exported for testing, and should not be used. +var RandReader = rand.Reader + +const idempotencyTokenFillTag = `idempotencyToken` + +// CanSetIdempotencyToken returns true if the struct field should be +// automatically populated with a Idempotency token. +// +// Only *string and string type fields that are tagged with idempotencyToken +// which are not already set can be auto filled. +func CanSetIdempotencyToken(v reflect.Value, f reflect.StructField) bool { + switch u := v.Interface().(type) { + // To auto fill an Idempotency token the field must be a string, + // tagged for auto fill, and have a zero value. + case *string: + return u == nil && len(f.Tag.Get(idempotencyTokenFillTag)) != 0 + case string: + return len(u) == 0 && len(f.Tag.Get(idempotencyTokenFillTag)) != 0 + } + + return false +} + +// GetIdempotencyToken returns a randomly generated idempotency token. +func GetIdempotencyToken() string { + b := make([]byte, 16) + RandReader.Read(b) + + return UUIDVersion4(b) +} + +// SetIdempotencyToken will set the value provided with a Idempotency Token. +// Given that the value can be set. Will panic if value is not setable. +func SetIdempotencyToken(v reflect.Value) { + if v.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + if v.IsNil() && v.CanSet() { + v.Set(reflect.New(v.Type().Elem())) + } + v = v.Elem() + } + v = reflect.Indirect(v) + + if !v.CanSet() { + panic(fmt.Sprintf("unable to set idempotnecy token %v", v)) + } + + b := make([]byte, 16) + _, err := rand.Read(b) + if err != nil { + // TODO handle error + return + } + + v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(UUIDVersion4(b))) +} + +// UUIDVersion4 returns a Version 4 random UUID from the byte slice provided +func UUIDVersion4(u []byte) string { + // https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Version_4_.28random.29 + // 13th character is "4" + u[6] = (u[6] | 0x40) & 0x4F + // 17th character is "8", "9", "a", or "b" + u[8] = (u[8] | 0x80) & 0xBF + + return fmt.Sprintf(`%X-%X-%X-%X-%X`, u[0:4], u[4:6], u[6:8], u[8:10], u[10:]) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/build.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/build.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18169f0f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/build.go @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +// Package query provides serialization of AWS query requests, and responses. +package query + +//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/input/query.json build_test.go + +import ( + "net/url" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/queryutil" +) + +// BuildHandler is a named request handler for building query protocol requests +var BuildHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.query.Build", Fn: Build} + +// Build builds a request for an AWS Query service. +func Build(r *request.Request) { + body := url.Values{ + "Action": {r.Operation.Name}, + "Version": {r.ClientInfo.APIVersion}, + } + if err := queryutil.Parse(body, r.Params, false); err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed encoding Query request", err) + return + } + + if r.ExpireTime == 0 { + r.HTTPRequest.Method = "POST" + r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/x-www-form-urlencoded; charset=utf-8") + r.SetBufferBody([]byte(body.Encode())) + } else { // This is a pre-signed request + r.HTTPRequest.Method = "GET" + r.HTTPRequest.URL.RawQuery = body.Encode() + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/queryutil/queryutil.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/queryutil/queryutil.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..524ca952a --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/queryutil/queryutil.go @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +package queryutil + +import ( + "encoding/base64" + "fmt" + "net/url" + "reflect" + "sort" + "strconv" + "strings" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" +) + +// Parse parses an object i and fills a url.Values object. The isEC2 flag +// indicates if this is the EC2 Query sub-protocol. +func Parse(body url.Values, i interface{}, isEC2 bool) error { + q := queryParser{isEC2: isEC2} + return q.parseValue(body, reflect.ValueOf(i), "", "") +} + +func elemOf(value reflect.Value) reflect.Value { + for value.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + value = value.Elem() + } + return value +} + +type queryParser struct { + isEC2 bool +} + +func (q *queryParser) parseValue(v url.Values, value reflect.Value, prefix string, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + value = elemOf(value) + + // no need to handle zero values + if !value.IsValid() { + return nil + } + + t := tag.Get("type") + if t == "" { + switch value.Kind() { + case reflect.Struct: + t = "structure" + case reflect.Slice: + t = "list" + case reflect.Map: + t = "map" + } + } + + switch t { + case "structure": + return q.parseStruct(v, value, prefix) + case "list": + return q.parseList(v, value, prefix, tag) + case "map": + return q.parseMap(v, value, prefix, tag) + default: + return q.parseScalar(v, value, prefix, tag) + } +} + +func (q *queryParser) parseStruct(v url.Values, value reflect.Value, prefix string) error { + if !value.IsValid() { + return nil + } + + t := value.Type() + for i := 0; i < value.NumField(); i++ { + elemValue := elemOf(value.Field(i)) + field := t.Field(i) + + if field.PkgPath != "" { + continue // ignore unexported fields + } + if field.Tag.Get("ignore") != "" { + continue + } + + if protocol.CanSetIdempotencyToken(value.Field(i), field) { + token := protocol.GetIdempotencyToken() + elemValue = reflect.ValueOf(token) + } + + var name string + if q.isEC2 { + name = field.Tag.Get("queryName") + } + if name == "" { + if field.Tag.Get("flattened") != "" && field.Tag.Get("locationNameList") != "" { + name = field.Tag.Get("locationNameList") + } else if locName := field.Tag.Get("locationName"); locName != "" { + name = locName + } + if name != "" && q.isEC2 { + name = strings.ToUpper(name[0:1]) + name[1:] + } + } + if name == "" { + name = field.Name + } + + if prefix != "" { + name = prefix + "." + name + } + + if err := q.parseValue(v, elemValue, name, field.Tag); err != nil { + return err + } + } + return nil +} + +func (q *queryParser) parseList(v url.Values, value reflect.Value, prefix string, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + // If it's empty, generate an empty value + if !value.IsNil() && value.Len() == 0 { + v.Set(prefix, "") + return nil + } + + // check for unflattened list member + if !q.isEC2 && tag.Get("flattened") == "" { + if listName := tag.Get("locationNameList"); listName == "" { + prefix += ".member" + } else { + prefix += "." + listName + } + } + + for i := 0; i < value.Len(); i++ { + slicePrefix := prefix + if slicePrefix == "" { + slicePrefix = strconv.Itoa(i + 1) + } else { + slicePrefix = slicePrefix + "." + strconv.Itoa(i+1) + } + if err := q.parseValue(v, value.Index(i), slicePrefix, ""); err != nil { + return err + } + } + return nil +} + +func (q *queryParser) parseMap(v url.Values, value reflect.Value, prefix string, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + // If it's empty, generate an empty value + if !value.IsNil() && value.Len() == 0 { + v.Set(prefix, "") + return nil + } + + // check for unflattened list member + if !q.isEC2 && tag.Get("flattened") == "" { + prefix += ".entry" + } + + // sort keys for improved serialization consistency. + // this is not strictly necessary for protocol support. + mapKeyValues := value.MapKeys() + mapKeys := map[string]reflect.Value{} + mapKeyNames := make([]string, len(mapKeyValues)) + for i, mapKey := range mapKeyValues { + name := mapKey.String() + mapKeys[name] = mapKey + mapKeyNames[i] = name + } + sort.Strings(mapKeyNames) + + for i, mapKeyName := range mapKeyNames { + mapKey := mapKeys[mapKeyName] + mapValue := value.MapIndex(mapKey) + + kname := tag.Get("locationNameKey") + if kname == "" { + kname = "key" + } + vname := tag.Get("locationNameValue") + if vname == "" { + vname = "value" + } + + // serialize key + var keyName string + if prefix == "" { + keyName = strconv.Itoa(i+1) + "." + kname + } else { + keyName = prefix + "." + strconv.Itoa(i+1) + "." + kname + } + + if err := q.parseValue(v, mapKey, keyName, ""); err != nil { + return err + } + + // serialize value + var valueName string + if prefix == "" { + valueName = strconv.Itoa(i+1) + "." + vname + } else { + valueName = prefix + "." + strconv.Itoa(i+1) + "." + vname + } + + if err := q.parseValue(v, mapValue, valueName, ""); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + return nil +} + +func (q *queryParser) parseScalar(v url.Values, r reflect.Value, name string, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + switch value := r.Interface().(type) { + case string: + v.Set(name, value) + case []byte: + if !r.IsNil() { + v.Set(name, base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(value)) + } + case bool: + v.Set(name, strconv.FormatBool(value)) + case int64: + v.Set(name, strconv.FormatInt(value, 10)) + case int: + v.Set(name, strconv.Itoa(value)) + case float64: + v.Set(name, strconv.FormatFloat(value, 'f', -1, 64)) + case float32: + v.Set(name, strconv.FormatFloat(float64(value), 'f', -1, 32)) + case time.Time: + const ISO8601UTC = "2006-01-02T15:04:05Z" + v.Set(name, value.UTC().Format(ISO8601UTC)) + default: + return fmt.Errorf("unsupported value for param %s: %v (%s)", name, r.Interface(), r.Type().Name()) + } + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0f4d5a54 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal.go @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +package query + +//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/output/query.json unmarshal_test.go + +import ( + "encoding/xml" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil" +) + +// UnmarshalHandler is a named request handler for unmarshaling query protocol requests +var UnmarshalHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.query.Unmarshal", Fn: Unmarshal} + +// UnmarshalMetaHandler is a named request handler for unmarshaling query protocol request metadata +var UnmarshalMetaHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.query.UnmarshalMeta", Fn: UnmarshalMeta} + +// Unmarshal unmarshals a response for an AWS Query service. +func Unmarshal(r *request.Request) { + defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() + if r.DataFilled() { + decoder := xml.NewDecoder(r.HTTPResponse.Body) + err := xmlutil.UnmarshalXML(r.Data, decoder, r.Operation.Name+"Result") + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed decoding Query response", err) + return + } + } +} + +// UnmarshalMeta unmarshals header response values for an AWS Query service. +func UnmarshalMeta(r *request.Request) { + r.RequestID = r.HTTPResponse.Header.Get("X-Amzn-Requestid") +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal_error.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal_error.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f21429617 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal_error.go @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +package query + +import ( + "encoding/xml" + "io/ioutil" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +type xmlErrorResponse struct { + XMLName xml.Name `xml:"ErrorResponse"` + Code string `xml:"Error>Code"` + Message string `xml:"Error>Message"` + RequestID string `xml:"RequestId"` +} + +type xmlServiceUnavailableResponse struct { + XMLName xml.Name `xml:"ServiceUnavailableException"` +} + +// UnmarshalErrorHandler is a name request handler to unmarshal request errors +var UnmarshalErrorHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.query.UnmarshalError", Fn: UnmarshalError} + +// UnmarshalError unmarshals an error response for an AWS Query service. +func UnmarshalError(r *request.Request) { + defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() + + bodyBytes, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r.HTTPResponse.Body) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to read from query HTTP response body", err) + return + } + + // First check for specific error + resp := xmlErrorResponse{} + decodeErr := xml.Unmarshal(bodyBytes, &resp) + if decodeErr == nil { + reqID := resp.RequestID + if reqID == "" { + reqID = r.RequestID + } + r.Error = awserr.NewRequestFailure( + awserr.New(resp.Code, resp.Message, nil), + r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode, + reqID, + ) + return + } + + // Check for unhandled error + servUnavailResp := xmlServiceUnavailableResponse{} + unavailErr := xml.Unmarshal(bodyBytes, &servUnavailResp) + if unavailErr == nil { + r.Error = awserr.NewRequestFailure( + awserr.New("ServiceUnavailableException", "service is unavailable", nil), + r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode, + r.RequestID, + ) + return + } + + // Failed to retrieve any error message from the response body + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", + "failed to decode query XML error response", decodeErr) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/build.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/build.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..716183564 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/build.go @@ -0,0 +1,290 @@ +// Package rest provides RESTful serialization of AWS requests and responses. +package rest + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/base64" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "path" + "reflect" + "strconv" + "strings" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +// RFC822 returns an RFC822 formatted timestamp for AWS protocols +const RFC822 = "Mon, 2 Jan 2006 15:04:05 GMT" + +// Whether the byte value can be sent without escaping in AWS URLs +var noEscape [256]bool + +var errValueNotSet = fmt.Errorf("value not set") + +func init() { + for i := 0; i < len(noEscape); i++ { + // AWS expects every character except these to be escaped + noEscape[i] = (i >= 'A' && i <= 'Z') || + (i >= 'a' && i <= 'z') || + (i >= '0' && i <= '9') || + i == '-' || + i == '.' || + i == '_' || + i == '~' + } +} + +// BuildHandler is a named request handler for building rest protocol requests +var BuildHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.rest.Build", Fn: Build} + +// Build builds the REST component of a service request. +func Build(r *request.Request) { + if r.ParamsFilled() { + v := reflect.ValueOf(r.Params).Elem() + buildLocationElements(r, v, false) + buildBody(r, v) + } +} + +// BuildAsGET builds the REST component of a service request with the ability to hoist +// data from the body. +func BuildAsGET(r *request.Request) { + if r.ParamsFilled() { + v := reflect.ValueOf(r.Params).Elem() + buildLocationElements(r, v, true) + buildBody(r, v) + } +} + +func buildLocationElements(r *request.Request, v reflect.Value, buildGETQuery bool) { + query := r.HTTPRequest.URL.Query() + + // Setup the raw path to match the base path pattern. This is needed + // so that when the path is mutated a custom escaped version can be + // stored in RawPath that will be used by the Go client. + r.HTTPRequest.URL.RawPath = r.HTTPRequest.URL.Path + + for i := 0; i < v.NumField(); i++ { + m := v.Field(i) + if n := v.Type().Field(i).Name; n[0:1] == strings.ToLower(n[0:1]) { + continue + } + + if m.IsValid() { + field := v.Type().Field(i) + name := field.Tag.Get("locationName") + if name == "" { + name = field.Name + } + if kind := m.Kind(); kind == reflect.Ptr { + m = m.Elem() + } else if kind == reflect.Interface { + if !m.Elem().IsValid() { + continue + } + } + if !m.IsValid() { + continue + } + if field.Tag.Get("ignore") != "" { + continue + } + + var err error + switch field.Tag.Get("location") { + case "headers": // header maps + err = buildHeaderMap(&r.HTTPRequest.Header, m, field.Tag) + case "header": + err = buildHeader(&r.HTTPRequest.Header, m, name, field.Tag) + case "uri": + err = buildURI(r.HTTPRequest.URL, m, name, field.Tag) + case "querystring": + err = buildQueryString(query, m, name, field.Tag) + default: + if buildGETQuery { + err = buildQueryString(query, m, name, field.Tag) + } + } + r.Error = err + } + if r.Error != nil { + return + } + } + + r.HTTPRequest.URL.RawQuery = query.Encode() + if !aws.BoolValue(r.Config.DisableRestProtocolURICleaning) { + cleanPath(r.HTTPRequest.URL) + } +} + +func buildBody(r *request.Request, v reflect.Value) { + if field, ok := v.Type().FieldByName("_"); ok { + if payloadName := field.Tag.Get("payload"); payloadName != "" { + pfield, _ := v.Type().FieldByName(payloadName) + if ptag := pfield.Tag.Get("type"); ptag != "" && ptag != "structure" { + payload := reflect.Indirect(v.FieldByName(payloadName)) + if payload.IsValid() && payload.Interface() != nil { + switch reader := payload.Interface().(type) { + case io.ReadSeeker: + r.SetReaderBody(reader) + case []byte: + r.SetBufferBody(reader) + case string: + r.SetStringBody(reader) + default: + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", + "failed to encode REST request", + fmt.Errorf("unknown payload type %s", payload.Type())) + } + } + } + } + } +} + +func buildHeader(header *http.Header, v reflect.Value, name string, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + str, err := convertType(v, tag) + if err == errValueNotSet { + return nil + } else if err != nil { + return awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to encode REST request", err) + } + + header.Add(name, str) + + return nil +} + +func buildHeaderMap(header *http.Header, v reflect.Value, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + prefix := tag.Get("locationName") + for _, key := range v.MapKeys() { + str, err := convertType(v.MapIndex(key), tag) + if err == errValueNotSet { + continue + } else if err != nil { + return awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to encode REST request", err) + + } + + header.Add(prefix+key.String(), str) + } + return nil +} + +func buildURI(u *url.URL, v reflect.Value, name string, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + value, err := convertType(v, tag) + if err == errValueNotSet { + return nil + } else if err != nil { + return awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to encode REST request", err) + } + + u.Path = strings.Replace(u.Path, "{"+name+"}", value, -1) + u.Path = strings.Replace(u.Path, "{"+name+"+}", value, -1) + + u.RawPath = strings.Replace(u.RawPath, "{"+name+"}", EscapePath(value, true), -1) + u.RawPath = strings.Replace(u.RawPath, "{"+name+"+}", EscapePath(value, false), -1) + + return nil +} + +func buildQueryString(query url.Values, v reflect.Value, name string, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + switch value := v.Interface().(type) { + case []*string: + for _, item := range value { + query.Add(name, *item) + } + case map[string]*string: + for key, item := range value { + query.Add(key, *item) + } + case map[string][]*string: + for key, items := range value { + for _, item := range items { + query.Add(key, *item) + } + } + default: + str, err := convertType(v, tag) + if err == errValueNotSet { + return nil + } else if err != nil { + return awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to encode REST request", err) + } + query.Set(name, str) + } + + return nil +} + +func cleanPath(u *url.URL) { + hasSlash := strings.HasSuffix(u.Path, "/") + + // clean up path, removing duplicate `/` + u.Path = path.Clean(u.Path) + u.RawPath = path.Clean(u.RawPath) + + if hasSlash && !strings.HasSuffix(u.Path, "/") { + u.Path += "/" + u.RawPath += "/" + } +} + +// EscapePath escapes part of a URL path in Amazon style +func EscapePath(path string, encodeSep bool) string { + var buf bytes.Buffer + for i := 0; i < len(path); i++ { + c := path[i] + if noEscape[c] || (c == '/' && !encodeSep) { + buf.WriteByte(c) + } else { + fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "%%%02X", c) + } + } + return buf.String() +} + +func convertType(v reflect.Value, tag reflect.StructTag) (string, error) { + v = reflect.Indirect(v) + if !v.IsValid() { + return "", errValueNotSet + } + + var str string + switch value := v.Interface().(type) { + case string: + str = value + case []byte: + str = base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(value) + case bool: + str = strconv.FormatBool(value) + case int64: + str = strconv.FormatInt(value, 10) + case float64: + str = strconv.FormatFloat(value, 'f', -1, 64) + case time.Time: + str = value.UTC().Format(RFC822) + case aws.JSONValue: + b, err := json.Marshal(value) + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + if tag.Get("location") == "header" { + str = base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(b) + } else { + str = string(b) + } + default: + err := fmt.Errorf("Unsupported value for param %v (%s)", v.Interface(), v.Type()) + return "", err + } + return str, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/payload.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/payload.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4366de2e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/payload.go @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +package rest + +import "reflect" + +// PayloadMember returns the payload field member of i if there is one, or nil. +func PayloadMember(i interface{}) interface{} { + if i == nil { + return nil + } + + v := reflect.ValueOf(i).Elem() + if !v.IsValid() { + return nil + } + if field, ok := v.Type().FieldByName("_"); ok { + if payloadName := field.Tag.Get("payload"); payloadName != "" { + field, _ := v.Type().FieldByName(payloadName) + if field.Tag.Get("type") != "structure" { + return nil + } + + payload := v.FieldByName(payloadName) + if payload.IsValid() || (payload.Kind() == reflect.Ptr && !payload.IsNil()) { + return payload.Interface() + } + } + } + return nil +} + +// PayloadType returns the type of a payload field member of i if there is one, or "". +func PayloadType(i interface{}) string { + v := reflect.Indirect(reflect.ValueOf(i)) + if !v.IsValid() { + return "" + } + if field, ok := v.Type().FieldByName("_"); ok { + if payloadName := field.Tag.Get("payload"); payloadName != "" { + if member, ok := v.Type().FieldByName(payloadName); ok { + return member.Tag.Get("type") + } + } + } + return "" +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/unmarshal.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/unmarshal.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a779ee22 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/unmarshal.go @@ -0,0 +1,227 @@ +package rest + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/base64" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "io" + "io/ioutil" + "net/http" + "reflect" + "strconv" + "strings" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +// UnmarshalHandler is a named request handler for unmarshaling rest protocol requests +var UnmarshalHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.rest.Unmarshal", Fn: Unmarshal} + +// UnmarshalMetaHandler is a named request handler for unmarshaling rest protocol request metadata +var UnmarshalMetaHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.rest.UnmarshalMeta", Fn: UnmarshalMeta} + +// Unmarshal unmarshals the REST component of a response in a REST service. +func Unmarshal(r *request.Request) { + if r.DataFilled() { + v := reflect.Indirect(reflect.ValueOf(r.Data)) + unmarshalBody(r, v) + } +} + +// UnmarshalMeta unmarshals the REST metadata of a response in a REST service +func UnmarshalMeta(r *request.Request) { + r.RequestID = r.HTTPResponse.Header.Get("X-Amzn-Requestid") + if r.RequestID == "" { + // Alternative version of request id in the header + r.RequestID = r.HTTPResponse.Header.Get("X-Amz-Request-Id") + } + if r.DataFilled() { + v := reflect.Indirect(reflect.ValueOf(r.Data)) + unmarshalLocationElements(r, v) + } +} + +func unmarshalBody(r *request.Request, v reflect.Value) { + if field, ok := v.Type().FieldByName("_"); ok { + if payloadName := field.Tag.Get("payload"); payloadName != "" { + pfield, _ := v.Type().FieldByName(payloadName) + if ptag := pfield.Tag.Get("type"); ptag != "" && ptag != "structure" { + payload := v.FieldByName(payloadName) + if payload.IsValid() { + switch payload.Interface().(type) { + case []byte: + defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() + b, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r.HTTPResponse.Body) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to decode REST response", err) + } else { + payload.Set(reflect.ValueOf(b)) + } + case *string: + defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() + b, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r.HTTPResponse.Body) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to decode REST response", err) + } else { + str := string(b) + payload.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&str)) + } + default: + switch payload.Type().String() { + case "io.ReadCloser": + payload.Set(reflect.ValueOf(r.HTTPResponse.Body)) + case "io.ReadSeeker": + b, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r.HTTPResponse.Body) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", + "failed to read response body", err) + return + } + payload.Set(reflect.ValueOf(ioutil.NopCloser(bytes.NewReader(b)))) + default: + io.Copy(ioutil.Discard, r.HTTPResponse.Body) + defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", + "failed to decode REST response", + fmt.Errorf("unknown payload type %s", payload.Type())) + } + } + } + } + } + } +} + +func unmarshalLocationElements(r *request.Request, v reflect.Value) { + for i := 0; i < v.NumField(); i++ { + m, field := v.Field(i), v.Type().Field(i) + if n := field.Name; n[0:1] == strings.ToLower(n[0:1]) { + continue + } + + if m.IsValid() { + name := field.Tag.Get("locationName") + if name == "" { + name = field.Name + } + + switch field.Tag.Get("location") { + case "statusCode": + unmarshalStatusCode(m, r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode) + case "header": + err := unmarshalHeader(m, r.HTTPResponse.Header.Get(name), field.Tag) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to decode REST response", err) + break + } + case "headers": + prefix := field.Tag.Get("locationName") + err := unmarshalHeaderMap(m, r.HTTPResponse.Header, prefix) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to decode REST response", err) + break + } + } + } + if r.Error != nil { + return + } + } +} + +func unmarshalStatusCode(v reflect.Value, statusCode int) { + if !v.IsValid() { + return + } + + switch v.Interface().(type) { + case *int64: + s := int64(statusCode) + v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&s)) + } +} + +func unmarshalHeaderMap(r reflect.Value, headers http.Header, prefix string) error { + switch r.Interface().(type) { + case map[string]*string: // we only support string map value types + out := map[string]*string{} + for k, v := range headers { + k = http.CanonicalHeaderKey(k) + if strings.HasPrefix(strings.ToLower(k), strings.ToLower(prefix)) { + out[k[len(prefix):]] = &v[0] + } + } + r.Set(reflect.ValueOf(out)) + } + return nil +} + +func unmarshalHeader(v reflect.Value, header string, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + isJSONValue := tag.Get("type") == "jsonvalue" + if isJSONValue { + if len(header) == 0 { + return nil + } + } else if !v.IsValid() || (header == "" && v.Elem().Kind() != reflect.String) { + return nil + } + + switch v.Interface().(type) { + case *string: + v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&header)) + case []byte: + b, err := base64.StdEncoding.DecodeString(header) + if err != nil { + return err + } + v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&b)) + case *bool: + b, err := strconv.ParseBool(header) + if err != nil { + return err + } + v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&b)) + case *int64: + i, err := strconv.ParseInt(header, 10, 64) + if err != nil { + return err + } + v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&i)) + case *float64: + f, err := strconv.ParseFloat(header, 64) + if err != nil { + return err + } + v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&f)) + case *time.Time: + t, err := time.Parse(RFC822, header) + if err != nil { + return err + } + v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&t)) + case aws.JSONValue: + b := []byte(header) + var err error + if tag.Get("location") == "header" { + b, err = base64.StdEncoding.DecodeString(header) + if err != nil { + return err + } + } + + m := aws.JSONValue{} + err = json.Unmarshal(b, &m) + if err != nil { + return err + } + v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(m)) + default: + err := fmt.Errorf("Unsupported value for param %v (%s)", v.Interface(), v.Type()) + return err + } + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml/restxml.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml/restxml.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bdf4c853 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml/restxml.go @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +// Package restxml provides RESTful XML serialization of AWS +// requests and responses. +package restxml + +//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/input/rest-xml.json build_test.go +//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/output/rest-xml.json unmarshal_test.go + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/xml" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil" +) + +// BuildHandler is a named request handler for building restxml protocol requests +var BuildHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.restxml.Build", Fn: Build} + +// UnmarshalHandler is a named request handler for unmarshaling restxml protocol requests +var UnmarshalHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.restxml.Unmarshal", Fn: Unmarshal} + +// UnmarshalMetaHandler is a named request handler for unmarshaling restxml protocol request metadata +var UnmarshalMetaHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.restxml.UnmarshalMeta", Fn: UnmarshalMeta} + +// UnmarshalErrorHandler is a named request handler for unmarshaling restxml protocol request errors +var UnmarshalErrorHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.restxml.UnmarshalError", Fn: UnmarshalError} + +// Build builds a request payload for the REST XML protocol. +func Build(r *request.Request) { + rest.Build(r) + + if t := rest.PayloadType(r.Params); t == "structure" || t == "" { + var buf bytes.Buffer + err := xmlutil.BuildXML(r.Params, xml.NewEncoder(&buf)) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to encode rest XML request", err) + return + } + r.SetBufferBody(buf.Bytes()) + } +} + +// Unmarshal unmarshals a payload response for the REST XML protocol. +func Unmarshal(r *request.Request) { + if t := rest.PayloadType(r.Data); t == "structure" || t == "" { + defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() + decoder := xml.NewDecoder(r.HTTPResponse.Body) + err := xmlutil.UnmarshalXML(r.Data, decoder, "") + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to decode REST XML response", err) + return + } + } else { + rest.Unmarshal(r) + } +} + +// UnmarshalMeta unmarshals response headers for the REST XML protocol. +func UnmarshalMeta(r *request.Request) { + rest.UnmarshalMeta(r) +} + +// UnmarshalError unmarshals a response error for the REST XML protocol. +func UnmarshalError(r *request.Request) { + query.UnmarshalError(r) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/unmarshal.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/unmarshal.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da1a68111 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/unmarshal.go @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +package protocol + +import ( + "io" + "io/ioutil" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +// UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler is a named request handler to empty and close a response's body +var UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.shared.UnmarshalDiscardBody", Fn: UnmarshalDiscardBody} + +// UnmarshalDiscardBody is a request handler to empty a response's body and closing it. +func UnmarshalDiscardBody(r *request.Request) { + if r.HTTPResponse == nil || r.HTTPResponse.Body == nil { + return + } + + io.Copy(ioutil.Discard, r.HTTPResponse.Body) + r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/build.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/build.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7091b456d --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/build.go @@ -0,0 +1,296 @@ +// Package xmlutil provides XML serialization of AWS requests and responses. +package xmlutil + +import ( + "encoding/base64" + "encoding/xml" + "fmt" + "reflect" + "sort" + "strconv" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" +) + +// BuildXML will serialize params into an xml.Encoder. +// Error will be returned if the serialization of any of the params or nested values fails. +func BuildXML(params interface{}, e *xml.Encoder) error { + b := xmlBuilder{encoder: e, namespaces: map[string]string{}} + root := NewXMLElement(xml.Name{}) + if err := b.buildValue(reflect.ValueOf(params), root, ""); err != nil { + return err + } + for _, c := range root.Children { + for _, v := range c { + return StructToXML(e, v, false) + } + } + return nil +} + +// Returns the reflection element of a value, if it is a pointer. +func elemOf(value reflect.Value) reflect.Value { + for value.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + value = value.Elem() + } + return value +} + +// A xmlBuilder serializes values from Go code to XML +type xmlBuilder struct { + encoder *xml.Encoder + namespaces map[string]string +} + +// buildValue generic XMLNode builder for any type. Will build value for their specific type +// struct, list, map, scalar. +// +// Also takes a "type" tag value to set what type a value should be converted to XMLNode as. If +// type is not provided reflect will be used to determine the value's type. +func (b *xmlBuilder) buildValue(value reflect.Value, current *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + value = elemOf(value) + if !value.IsValid() { // no need to handle zero values + return nil + } else if tag.Get("location") != "" { // don't handle non-body location values + return nil + } + + t := tag.Get("type") + if t == "" { + switch value.Kind() { + case reflect.Struct: + t = "structure" + case reflect.Slice: + t = "list" + case reflect.Map: + t = "map" + } + } + + switch t { + case "structure": + if field, ok := value.Type().FieldByName("_"); ok { + tag = tag + reflect.StructTag(" ") + field.Tag + } + return b.buildStruct(value, current, tag) + case "list": + return b.buildList(value, current, tag) + case "map": + return b.buildMap(value, current, tag) + default: + return b.buildScalar(value, current, tag) + } +} + +// buildStruct adds a struct and its fields to the current XMLNode. All fields any any nested +// types are converted to XMLNodes also. +func (b *xmlBuilder) buildStruct(value reflect.Value, current *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + if !value.IsValid() { + return nil + } + + fieldAdded := false + + // unwrap payloads + if payload := tag.Get("payload"); payload != "" { + field, _ := value.Type().FieldByName(payload) + tag = field.Tag + value = elemOf(value.FieldByName(payload)) + + if !value.IsValid() { + return nil + } + } + + child := NewXMLElement(xml.Name{Local: tag.Get("locationName")}) + + // there is an xmlNamespace associated with this struct + if prefix, uri := tag.Get("xmlPrefix"), tag.Get("xmlURI"); uri != "" { + ns := xml.Attr{ + Name: xml.Name{Local: "xmlns"}, + Value: uri, + } + if prefix != "" { + b.namespaces[prefix] = uri // register the namespace + ns.Name.Local = "xmlns:" + prefix + } + + child.Attr = append(child.Attr, ns) + } + + t := value.Type() + for i := 0; i < value.NumField(); i++ { + member := elemOf(value.Field(i)) + field := t.Field(i) + + if field.PkgPath != "" { + continue // ignore unexported fields + } + if field.Tag.Get("ignore") != "" { + continue + } + + mTag := field.Tag + if mTag.Get("location") != "" { // skip non-body members + continue + } + + if protocol.CanSetIdempotencyToken(value.Field(i), field) { + token := protocol.GetIdempotencyToken() + member = reflect.ValueOf(token) + } + + memberName := mTag.Get("locationName") + if memberName == "" { + memberName = field.Name + mTag = reflect.StructTag(string(mTag) + ` locationName:"` + memberName + `"`) + } + if err := b.buildValue(member, child, mTag); err != nil { + return err + } + + fieldAdded = true + } + + if fieldAdded { // only append this child if we have one ore more valid members + current.AddChild(child) + } + + return nil +} + +// buildList adds the value's list items to the current XMLNode as children nodes. All +// nested values in the list are converted to XMLNodes also. +func (b *xmlBuilder) buildList(value reflect.Value, current *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + if value.IsNil() { // don't build omitted lists + return nil + } + + // check for unflattened list member + flattened := tag.Get("flattened") != "" + + xname := xml.Name{Local: tag.Get("locationName")} + if flattened { + for i := 0; i < value.Len(); i++ { + child := NewXMLElement(xname) + current.AddChild(child) + if err := b.buildValue(value.Index(i), child, ""); err != nil { + return err + } + } + } else { + list := NewXMLElement(xname) + current.AddChild(list) + + for i := 0; i < value.Len(); i++ { + iname := tag.Get("locationNameList") + if iname == "" { + iname = "member" + } + + child := NewXMLElement(xml.Name{Local: iname}) + list.AddChild(child) + if err := b.buildValue(value.Index(i), child, ""); err != nil { + return err + } + } + } + + return nil +} + +// buildMap adds the value's key/value pairs to the current XMLNode as children nodes. All +// nested values in the map are converted to XMLNodes also. +// +// Error will be returned if it is unable to build the map's values into XMLNodes +func (b *xmlBuilder) buildMap(value reflect.Value, current *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + if value.IsNil() { // don't build omitted maps + return nil + } + + maproot := NewXMLElement(xml.Name{Local: tag.Get("locationName")}) + current.AddChild(maproot) + current = maproot + + kname, vname := "key", "value" + if n := tag.Get("locationNameKey"); n != "" { + kname = n + } + if n := tag.Get("locationNameValue"); n != "" { + vname = n + } + + // sorting is not required for compliance, but it makes testing easier + keys := make([]string, value.Len()) + for i, k := range value.MapKeys() { + keys[i] = k.String() + } + sort.Strings(keys) + + for _, k := range keys { + v := value.MapIndex(reflect.ValueOf(k)) + + mapcur := current + if tag.Get("flattened") == "" { // add "entry" tag to non-flat maps + child := NewXMLElement(xml.Name{Local: "entry"}) + mapcur.AddChild(child) + mapcur = child + } + + kchild := NewXMLElement(xml.Name{Local: kname}) + kchild.Text = k + vchild := NewXMLElement(xml.Name{Local: vname}) + mapcur.AddChild(kchild) + mapcur.AddChild(vchild) + + if err := b.buildValue(v, vchild, ""); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + return nil +} + +// buildScalar will convert the value into a string and append it as a attribute or child +// of the current XMLNode. +// +// The value will be added as an attribute if tag contains a "xmlAttribute" attribute value. +// +// Error will be returned if the value type is unsupported. +func (b *xmlBuilder) buildScalar(value reflect.Value, current *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + var str string + switch converted := value.Interface().(type) { + case string: + str = converted + case []byte: + if !value.IsNil() { + str = base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(converted) + } + case bool: + str = strconv.FormatBool(converted) + case int64: + str = strconv.FormatInt(converted, 10) + case int: + str = strconv.Itoa(converted) + case float64: + str = strconv.FormatFloat(converted, 'f', -1, 64) + case float32: + str = strconv.FormatFloat(float64(converted), 'f', -1, 32) + case time.Time: + const ISO8601UTC = "2006-01-02T15:04:05Z" + str = converted.UTC().Format(ISO8601UTC) + default: + return fmt.Errorf("unsupported value for param %s: %v (%s)", + tag.Get("locationName"), value.Interface(), value.Type().Name()) + } + + xname := xml.Name{Local: tag.Get("locationName")} + if tag.Get("xmlAttribute") != "" { // put into current node's attribute list + attr := xml.Attr{Name: xname, Value: str} + current.Attr = append(current.Attr, attr) + } else { // regular text node + current.AddChild(&XMLNode{Name: xname, Text: str}) + } + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/unmarshal.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/unmarshal.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..87584628a --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/unmarshal.go @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ +package xmlutil + +import ( + "encoding/base64" + "encoding/xml" + "fmt" + "io" + "reflect" + "strconv" + "strings" + "time" +) + +// UnmarshalXML deserializes an xml.Decoder into the container v. V +// needs to match the shape of the XML expected to be decoded. +// If the shape doesn't match unmarshaling will fail. +func UnmarshalXML(v interface{}, d *xml.Decoder, wrapper string) error { + n, err := XMLToStruct(d, nil) + if err != nil { + return err + } + if n.Children != nil { + for _, root := range n.Children { + for _, c := range root { + if wrappedChild, ok := c.Children[wrapper]; ok { + c = wrappedChild[0] // pull out wrapped element + } + + err = parse(reflect.ValueOf(v), c, "") + if err != nil { + if err == io.EOF { + return nil + } + return err + } + } + } + return nil + } + return nil +} + +// parse deserializes any value from the XMLNode. The type tag is used to infer the type, or reflect +// will be used to determine the type from r. +func parse(r reflect.Value, node *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + rtype := r.Type() + if rtype.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + rtype = rtype.Elem() // check kind of actual element type + } + + t := tag.Get("type") + if t == "" { + switch rtype.Kind() { + case reflect.Struct: + t = "structure" + case reflect.Slice: + t = "list" + case reflect.Map: + t = "map" + } + } + + switch t { + case "structure": + if field, ok := rtype.FieldByName("_"); ok { + tag = field.Tag + } + return parseStruct(r, node, tag) + case "list": + return parseList(r, node, tag) + case "map": + return parseMap(r, node, tag) + default: + return parseScalar(r, node, tag) + } +} + +// parseStruct deserializes a structure and its fields from an XMLNode. Any nested +// types in the structure will also be deserialized. +func parseStruct(r reflect.Value, node *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + t := r.Type() + if r.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + if r.IsNil() { // create the structure if it's nil + s := reflect.New(r.Type().Elem()) + r.Set(s) + r = s + } + + r = r.Elem() + t = t.Elem() + } + + // unwrap any payloads + if payload := tag.Get("payload"); payload != "" { + field, _ := t.FieldByName(payload) + return parseStruct(r.FieldByName(payload), node, field.Tag) + } + + for i := 0; i < t.NumField(); i++ { + field := t.Field(i) + if c := field.Name[0:1]; strings.ToLower(c) == c { + continue // ignore unexported fields + } + + // figure out what this field is called + name := field.Name + if field.Tag.Get("flattened") != "" && field.Tag.Get("locationNameList") != "" { + name = field.Tag.Get("locationNameList") + } else if locName := field.Tag.Get("locationName"); locName != "" { + name = locName + } + + // try to find the field by name in elements + elems := node.Children[name] + + if elems == nil { // try to find the field in attributes + if val, ok := node.findElem(name); ok { + elems = []*XMLNode{{Text: val}} + } + } + + member := r.FieldByName(field.Name) + for _, elem := range elems { + err := parse(member, elem, field.Tag) + if err != nil { + return err + } + } + } + return nil +} + +// parseList deserializes a list of values from an XML node. Each list entry +// will also be deserialized. +func parseList(r reflect.Value, node *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + t := r.Type() + + if tag.Get("flattened") == "" { // look at all item entries + mname := "member" + if name := tag.Get("locationNameList"); name != "" { + mname = name + } + + if Children, ok := node.Children[mname]; ok { + if r.IsNil() { + r.Set(reflect.MakeSlice(t, len(Children), len(Children))) + } + + for i, c := range Children { + err := parse(r.Index(i), c, "") + if err != nil { + return err + } + } + } + } else { // flattened list means this is a single element + if r.IsNil() { + r.Set(reflect.MakeSlice(t, 0, 0)) + } + + childR := reflect.Zero(t.Elem()) + r.Set(reflect.Append(r, childR)) + err := parse(r.Index(r.Len()-1), node, "") + if err != nil { + return err + } + } + + return nil +} + +// parseMap deserializes a map from an XMLNode. The direct children of the XMLNode +// will also be deserialized as map entries. +func parseMap(r reflect.Value, node *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + if r.IsNil() { + r.Set(reflect.MakeMap(r.Type())) + } + + if tag.Get("flattened") == "" { // look at all child entries + for _, entry := range node.Children["entry"] { + parseMapEntry(r, entry, tag) + } + } else { // this element is itself an entry + parseMapEntry(r, node, tag) + } + + return nil +} + +// parseMapEntry deserializes a map entry from a XML node. +func parseMapEntry(r reflect.Value, node *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + kname, vname := "key", "value" + if n := tag.Get("locationNameKey"); n != "" { + kname = n + } + if n := tag.Get("locationNameValue"); n != "" { + vname = n + } + + keys, ok := node.Children[kname] + values := node.Children[vname] + if ok { + for i, key := range keys { + keyR := reflect.ValueOf(key.Text) + value := values[i] + valueR := reflect.New(r.Type().Elem()).Elem() + + parse(valueR, value, "") + r.SetMapIndex(keyR, valueR) + } + } + return nil +} + +// parseScaller deserializes an XMLNode value into a concrete type based on the +// interface type of r. +// +// Error is returned if the deserialization fails due to invalid type conversion, +// or unsupported interface type. +func parseScalar(r reflect.Value, node *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + switch r.Interface().(type) { + case *string: + r.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&node.Text)) + return nil + case []byte: + b, err := base64.StdEncoding.DecodeString(node.Text) + if err != nil { + return err + } + r.Set(reflect.ValueOf(b)) + case *bool: + v, err := strconv.ParseBool(node.Text) + if err != nil { + return err + } + r.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&v)) + case *int64: + v, err := strconv.ParseInt(node.Text, 10, 64) + if err != nil { + return err + } + r.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&v)) + case *float64: + v, err := strconv.ParseFloat(node.Text, 64) + if err != nil { + return err + } + r.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&v)) + case *time.Time: + const ISO8601UTC = "2006-01-02T15:04:05Z" + t, err := time.Parse(ISO8601UTC, node.Text) + if err != nil { + return err + } + r.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&t)) + default: + return fmt.Errorf("unsupported value: %v (%s)", r.Interface(), r.Type()) + } + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/xml_to_struct.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/xml_to_struct.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3e970b629 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/xml_to_struct.go @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +package xmlutil + +import ( + "encoding/xml" + "fmt" + "io" + "sort" +) + +// A XMLNode contains the values to be encoded or decoded. +type XMLNode struct { + Name xml.Name `json:",omitempty"` + Children map[string][]*XMLNode `json:",omitempty"` + Text string `json:",omitempty"` + Attr []xml.Attr `json:",omitempty"` + + namespaces map[string]string + parent *XMLNode +} + +// NewXMLElement returns a pointer to a new XMLNode initialized to default values. +func NewXMLElement(name xml.Name) *XMLNode { + return &XMLNode{ + Name: name, + Children: map[string][]*XMLNode{}, + Attr: []xml.Attr{}, + } +} + +// AddChild adds child to the XMLNode. +func (n *XMLNode) AddChild(child *XMLNode) { + if _, ok := n.Children[child.Name.Local]; !ok { + n.Children[child.Name.Local] = []*XMLNode{} + } + n.Children[child.Name.Local] = append(n.Children[child.Name.Local], child) +} + +// XMLToStruct converts a xml.Decoder stream to XMLNode with nested values. +func XMLToStruct(d *xml.Decoder, s *xml.StartElement) (*XMLNode, error) { + out := &XMLNode{} + for { + tok, err := d.Token() + if err != nil { + if err == io.EOF { + break + } else { + return out, err + } + } + + if tok == nil { + break + } + + switch typed := tok.(type) { + case xml.CharData: + out.Text = string(typed.Copy()) + case xml.StartElement: + el := typed.Copy() + out.Attr = el.Attr + if out.Children == nil { + out.Children = map[string][]*XMLNode{} + } + + name := typed.Name.Local + slice := out.Children[name] + if slice == nil { + slice = []*XMLNode{} + } + node, e := XMLToStruct(d, &el) + out.findNamespaces() + if e != nil { + return out, e + } + node.Name = typed.Name + node.findNamespaces() + tempOut := *out + // Save into a temp variable, simply because out gets squashed during + // loop iterations + node.parent = &tempOut + slice = append(slice, node) + out.Children[name] = slice + case xml.EndElement: + if s != nil && s.Name.Local == typed.Name.Local { // matching end token + return out, nil + } + out = &XMLNode{} + } + } + return out, nil +} + +func (n *XMLNode) findNamespaces() { + ns := map[string]string{} + for _, a := range n.Attr { + if a.Name.Space == "xmlns" { + ns[a.Value] = a.Name.Local + } + } + + n.namespaces = ns +} + +func (n *XMLNode) findElem(name string) (string, bool) { + for node := n; node != nil; node = node.parent { + for _, a := range node.Attr { + namespace := a.Name.Space + if v, ok := node.namespaces[namespace]; ok { + namespace = v + } + if name == fmt.Sprintf("%s:%s", namespace, a.Name.Local) { + return a.Value, true + } + } + } + return "", false +} + +// StructToXML writes an XMLNode to a xml.Encoder as tokens. +func StructToXML(e *xml.Encoder, node *XMLNode, sorted bool) error { + e.EncodeToken(xml.StartElement{Name: node.Name, Attr: node.Attr}) + + if node.Text != "" { + e.EncodeToken(xml.CharData([]byte(node.Text))) + } else if sorted { + sortedNames := []string{} + for k := range node.Children { + sortedNames = append(sortedNames, k) + } + sort.Strings(sortedNames) + + for _, k := range sortedNames { + for _, v := range node.Children[k] { + StructToXML(e, v, sorted) + } + } + } else { + for _, c := range node.Children { + for _, v := range c { + StructToXML(e, v, sorted) + } + } + } + + e.EncodeToken(xml.EndElement{Name: node.Name}) + return e.Flush() +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2de65288b --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go @@ -0,0 +1,2365 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package sts + +import ( + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +const opAssumeRole = "AssumeRole" + +// AssumeRoleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the AssumeRole operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See AssumeRole for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the AssumeRole method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the AssumeRoleRequest method. +// req, resp := client.AssumeRoleRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRole +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleRequest(input *AssumeRoleInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssumeRoleOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opAssumeRole, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &AssumeRoleInput{} + } + + output = &AssumeRoleOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// AssumeRole API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// +// Returns a set of temporary security credentials (consisting of an access +// key ID, a secret access key, and a security token) that you can use to access +// AWS resources that you might not normally have access to. Typically, you +// use AssumeRole for cross-account access or federation. For a comparison of +// AssumeRole with the other APIs that produce temporary credentials, see Requesting +// Temporary Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html) +// and Comparing the AWS STS APIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Important: You cannot call AssumeRole by using AWS root account credentials; +// access is denied. You must use credentials for an IAM user or an IAM role +// to call AssumeRole. +// +// For cross-account access, imagine that you own multiple accounts and need +// to access resources in each account. You could create long-term credentials +// in each account to access those resources. However, managing all those credentials +// and remembering which one can access which account can be time consuming. +// Instead, you can create one set of long-term credentials in one account and +// then use temporary security credentials to access all the other accounts +// by assuming roles in those accounts. For more information about roles, see +// IAM Roles (Delegation and Federation) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/roles-toplevel.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// For federation, you can, for example, grant single sign-on access to the +// AWS Management Console. If you already have an identity and authentication +// system in your corporate network, you don't have to recreate user identities +// in AWS in order to grant those user identities access to AWS. Instead, after +// a user has been authenticated, you call AssumeRole (and specify the role +// with the appropriate permissions) to get temporary security credentials for +// that user. With those temporary security credentials, you construct a sign-in +// URL that users can use to access the console. For more information, see Common +// Scenarios for Temporary Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp.html#sts-introduction) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The temporary security credentials are valid for the duration that you specified +// when calling AssumeRole, which can be from 900 seconds (15 minutes) to a +// maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). The default is 1 hour. +// +// The temporary security credentials created by AssumeRole can be used to make +// API calls to any AWS service with the following exception: you cannot call +// the STS service's GetFederationToken or GetSessionToken APIs. +// +// Optionally, you can pass an IAM access policy to this operation. If you choose +// not to pass a policy, the temporary security credentials that are returned +// by the operation have the permissions that are defined in the access policy +// of the role that is being assumed. If you pass a policy to this operation, +// the temporary security credentials that are returned by the operation have +// the permissions that are allowed by both the access policy of the role that +// is being assumed, and the policy that you pass. This gives you a way to further +// restrict the permissions for the resulting temporary security credentials. +// You cannot use the passed policy to grant permissions that are in excess +// of those allowed by the access policy of the role that is being assumed. +// For more information, see Permissions for AssumeRole, AssumeRoleWithSAML, +// and AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// To assume a role, your AWS account must be trusted by the role. The trust +// relationship is defined in the role's trust policy when the role is created. +// That trust policy states which accounts are allowed to delegate access to +// this account's role. +// +// The user who wants to access the role must also have permissions delegated +// from the role's administrator. If the user is in a different account than +// the role, then the user's administrator must attach a policy that allows +// the user to call AssumeRole on the ARN of the role in the other account. +// If the user is in the same account as the role, then you can either attach +// a policy to the user (identical to the previous different account user), +// or you can add the user as a principal directly in the role's trust policy +// +// Using MFA with AssumeRole +// +// You can optionally include multi-factor authentication (MFA) information +// when you call AssumeRole. This is useful for cross-account scenarios in which +// you want to make sure that the user who is assuming the role has been authenticated +// using an AWS MFA device. In that scenario, the trust policy of the role being +// assumed includes a condition that tests for MFA authentication; if the caller +// does not include valid MFA information, the request to assume the role is +// denied. The condition in a trust policy that tests for MFA authentication +// might look like the following example. +// +// "Condition": {"Bool": {"aws:MultiFactorAuthPresent": true}} +// +// For more information, see Configuring MFA-Protected API Access (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/MFAProtectedAPI.html) +// in the IAM User Guide guide. +// +// To use MFA with AssumeRole, you pass values for the SerialNumber and TokenCode +// parameters. The SerialNumber value identifies the user's hardware or virtual +// MFA device. The TokenCode is the time-based one-time password (TOTP) that +// the MFA devices produces. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation AssumeRole for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException "MalformedPolicyDocument" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException "PackedPolicyTooLarge" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error +// message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage +// of what the API allows. +// +// * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException" +// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being +// asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM +// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating +// and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRole +func (c *STS) AssumeRole(input *AssumeRoleInput) (*AssumeRoleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AssumeRoleRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// AssumeRoleWithContext is the same as AssumeRole with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See AssumeRole for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssumeRoleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssumeRoleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AssumeRoleRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opAssumeRoleWithSAML = "AssumeRoleWithSAML" + +// AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the AssumeRoleWithSAML operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See AssumeRoleWithSAML for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the AssumeRoleWithSAML method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest method. +// req, resp := client.AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithSAML +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opAssumeRoleWithSAML, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput{} + } + + output = &AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// AssumeRoleWithSAML API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// +// Returns a set of temporary security credentials for users who have been authenticated +// via a SAML authentication response. This operation provides a mechanism for +// tying an enterprise identity store or directory to role-based AWS access +// without user-specific credentials or configuration. For a comparison of AssumeRoleWithSAML +// with the other APIs that produce temporary credentials, see Requesting Temporary +// Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html) +// and Comparing the AWS STS APIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The temporary security credentials returned by this operation consist of +// an access key ID, a secret access key, and a security token. Applications +// can use these temporary security credentials to sign calls to AWS services. +// +// The temporary security credentials are valid for the duration that you specified +// when calling AssumeRole, or until the time specified in the SAML authentication +// response's SessionNotOnOrAfter value, whichever is shorter. The duration +// can be from 900 seconds (15 minutes) to a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). +// The default is 1 hour. +// +// The temporary security credentials created by AssumeRoleWithSAML can be used +// to make API calls to any AWS service with the following exception: you cannot +// call the STS service's GetFederationToken or GetSessionToken APIs. +// +// Optionally, you can pass an IAM access policy to this operation. If you choose +// not to pass a policy, the temporary security credentials that are returned +// by the operation have the permissions that are defined in the access policy +// of the role that is being assumed. If you pass a policy to this operation, +// the temporary security credentials that are returned by the operation have +// the permissions that are allowed by the intersection of both the access policy +// of the role that is being assumed, and the policy that you pass. This means +// that both policies must grant the permission for the action to be allowed. +// This gives you a way to further restrict the permissions for the resulting +// temporary security credentials. You cannot use the passed policy to grant +// permissions that are in excess of those allowed by the access policy of the +// role that is being assumed. For more information, see Permissions for AssumeRole, +// AssumeRoleWithSAML, and AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Before your application can call AssumeRoleWithSAML, you must configure your +// SAML identity provider (IdP) to issue the claims required by AWS. Additionally, +// you must use AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) to create a SAML provider +// entity in your AWS account that represents your identity provider, and create +// an IAM role that specifies this SAML provider in its trust policy. +// +// Calling AssumeRoleWithSAML does not require the use of AWS security credentials. +// The identity of the caller is validated by using keys in the metadata document +// that is uploaded for the SAML provider entity for your identity provider. +// +// Calling AssumeRoleWithSAML can result in an entry in your AWS CloudTrail +// logs. The entry includes the value in the NameID element of the SAML assertion. +// We recommend that you use a NameIDType that is not associated with any personally +// identifiable information (PII). For example, you could instead use the Persistent +// Identifier (urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:persistent). +// +// For more information, see the following resources: +// +// * About SAML 2.0-based Federation (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// * Creating SAML Identity Providers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_create_saml.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// * Configuring a Relying Party and Claims (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_create_saml_relying-party.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// * Creating a Role for SAML 2.0 Federation (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_create_for-idp_saml.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation AssumeRoleWithSAML for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException "MalformedPolicyDocument" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException "PackedPolicyTooLarge" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error +// message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage +// of what the API allows. +// +// * ErrCodeIDPRejectedClaimException "IDPRejectedClaim" +// The identity provider (IdP) reported that authentication failed. This might +// be because the claim is invalid. +// +// If this error is returned for the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity operation, it +// can also mean that the claim has expired or has been explicitly revoked. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidIdentityTokenException "InvalidIdentityToken" +// The web identity token that was passed could not be validated by AWS. Get +// a new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. +// +// * ErrCodeExpiredTokenException "ExpiredTokenException" +// The web identity token that was passed is expired or is not valid. Get a +// new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. +// +// * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException" +// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being +// asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM +// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating +// and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithSAML +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithSAML(input *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) (*AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// AssumeRoleWithSAMLWithContext is the same as AssumeRoleWithSAML with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See AssumeRoleWithSAML for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithSAMLWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opAssumeRoleWithWebIdentity = "AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity" + +// AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest method. +// req, resp := client.AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opAssumeRoleWithWebIdentity, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput{} + } + + output = &AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// +// Returns a set of temporary security credentials for users who have been authenticated +// in a mobile or web application with a web identity provider, such as Amazon +// Cognito, Login with Amazon, Facebook, Google, or any OpenID Connect-compatible +// identity provider. +// +// For mobile applications, we recommend that you use Amazon Cognito. You can +// use Amazon Cognito with the AWS SDK for iOS (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforios/) +// and the AWS SDK for Android (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforandroid/) to uniquely +// identify a user and supply the user with a consistent identity throughout +// the lifetime of an application. +// +// To learn more about Amazon Cognito, see Amazon Cognito Overview (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mobile/sdkforandroid/developerguide/cognito-auth.html#d0e840) +// in the AWS SDK for Android Developer Guide guide and Amazon Cognito Overview +// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mobile/sdkforios/developerguide/cognito-auth.html#d0e664) +// in the AWS SDK for iOS Developer Guide. +// +// Calling AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity does not require the use of AWS security +// credentials. Therefore, you can distribute an application (for example, on +// mobile devices) that requests temporary security credentials without including +// long-term AWS credentials in the application, and without deploying server-based +// proxy services that use long-term AWS credentials. Instead, the identity +// of the caller is validated by using a token from the web identity provider. +// For a comparison of AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity with the other APIs that produce +// temporary credentials, see Requesting Temporary Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html) +// and Comparing the AWS STS APIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The temporary security credentials returned by this API consist of an access +// key ID, a secret access key, and a security token. Applications can use these +// temporary security credentials to sign calls to AWS service APIs. +// +// The credentials are valid for the duration that you specified when calling +// AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity, which can be from 900 seconds (15 minutes) to +// a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). The default is 1 hour. +// +// The temporary security credentials created by AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity can +// be used to make API calls to any AWS service with the following exception: +// you cannot call the STS service's GetFederationToken or GetSessionToken APIs. +// +// Optionally, you can pass an IAM access policy to this operation. If you choose +// not to pass a policy, the temporary security credentials that are returned +// by the operation have the permissions that are defined in the access policy +// of the role that is being assumed. If you pass a policy to this operation, +// the temporary security credentials that are returned by the operation have +// the permissions that are allowed by both the access policy of the role that +// is being assumed, and the policy that you pass. This gives you a way to further +// restrict the permissions for the resulting temporary security credentials. +// You cannot use the passed policy to grant permissions that are in excess +// of those allowed by the access policy of the role that is being assumed. +// For more information, see Permissions for AssumeRole, AssumeRoleWithSAML, +// and AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Before your application can call AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity, you must have +// an identity token from a supported identity provider and create a role that +// the application can assume. The role that your application assumes must trust +// the identity provider that is associated with the identity token. In other +// words, the identity provider must be specified in the role's trust policy. +// +// Calling AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity can result in an entry in your AWS CloudTrail +// logs. The entry includes the Subject (http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#Claims) +// of the provided Web Identity Token. We recommend that you avoid using any +// personally identifiable information (PII) in this field. For example, you +// could instead use a GUID or a pairwise identifier, as suggested in the OIDC +// specification (http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#SubjectIDTypes). +// +// For more information about how to use web identity federation and the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity +// API, see the following resources: +// +// * Using Web Identity Federation APIs for Mobile Apps (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc_manual.html) +// and Federation Through a Web-based Identity Provider (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_assumerolewithwebidentity). +// +// +// * Web Identity Federation Playground (https://web-identity-federation-playground.s3.amazonaws.com/index.html). +// This interactive website lets you walk through the process of authenticating +// via Login with Amazon, Facebook, or Google, getting temporary security +// credentials, and then using those credentials to make a request to AWS. +// +// +// * AWS SDK for iOS (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforios/) and AWS SDK for Android +// (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforandroid/). These toolkits contain sample +// apps that show how to invoke the identity providers, and then how to use +// the information from these providers to get and use temporary security +// credentials. +// +// * Web Identity Federation with Mobile Applications (http://aws.amazon.com/articles/4617974389850313). +// This article discusses web identity federation and shows an example of +// how to use web identity federation to get access to content in Amazon +// S3. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException "MalformedPolicyDocument" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException "PackedPolicyTooLarge" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error +// message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage +// of what the API allows. +// +// * ErrCodeIDPRejectedClaimException "IDPRejectedClaim" +// The identity provider (IdP) reported that authentication failed. This might +// be because the claim is invalid. +// +// If this error is returned for the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity operation, it +// can also mean that the claim has expired or has been explicitly revoked. +// +// * ErrCodeIDPCommunicationErrorException "IDPCommunicationError" +// The request could not be fulfilled because the non-AWS identity provider +// (IDP) that was asked to verify the incoming identity token could not be reached. +// This is often a transient error caused by network conditions. Retry the request +// a limited number of times so that you don't exceed the request rate. If the +// error persists, the non-AWS identity provider might be down or not responding. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidIdentityTokenException "InvalidIdentityToken" +// The web identity token that was passed could not be validated by AWS. Get +// a new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. +// +// * ErrCodeExpiredTokenException "ExpiredTokenException" +// The web identity token that was passed is expired or is not valid. Get a +// new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. +// +// * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException" +// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being +// asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM +// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating +// and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity(input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) (*AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityWithContext is the same as AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDecodeAuthorizationMessage = "DecodeAuthorizationMessage" + +// DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DecodeAuthorizationMessage operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See DecodeAuthorizationMessage for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the DecodeAuthorizationMessage method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/DecodeAuthorizationMessage +func (c *STS) DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest(input *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) (req *request.Request, output *DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDecodeAuthorizationMessage, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput{} + } + + output = &DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DecodeAuthorizationMessage API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// +// Decodes additional information about the authorization status of a request +// from an encoded message returned in response to an AWS request. +// +// For example, if a user is not authorized to perform an action that he or +// she has requested, the request returns a Client.UnauthorizedOperation response +// (an HTTP 403 response). Some AWS actions additionally return an encoded message +// that can provide details about this authorization failure. +// +// Only certain AWS actions return an encoded authorization message. The documentation +// for an individual action indicates whether that action returns an encoded +// message in addition to returning an HTTP code. +// +// The message is encoded because the details of the authorization status can +// constitute privileged information that the user who requested the action +// should not see. To decode an authorization status message, a user must be +// granted permissions via an IAM policy to request the DecodeAuthorizationMessage +// (sts:DecodeAuthorizationMessage) action. +// +// The decoded message includes the following type of information: +// +// * Whether the request was denied due to an explicit deny or due to the +// absence of an explicit allow. For more information, see Determining Whether +// a Request is Allowed or Denied (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-denyallow) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// * The principal who made the request. +// +// * The requested action. +// +// * The requested resource. +// +// * The values of condition keys in the context of the user's request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation DecodeAuthorizationMessage for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidAuthorizationMessageException "InvalidAuthorizationMessageException" +// The error returned if the message passed to DecodeAuthorizationMessage was +// invalid. This can happen if the token contains invalid characters, such as +// linebreaks. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/DecodeAuthorizationMessage +func (c *STS) DecodeAuthorizationMessage(input *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) (*DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DecodeAuthorizationMessageWithContext is the same as DecodeAuthorizationMessage with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DecodeAuthorizationMessage for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *STS) DecodeAuthorizationMessageWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetCallerIdentity = "GetCallerIdentity" + +// GetCallerIdentityRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetCallerIdentity operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetCallerIdentity for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetCallerIdentity method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetCallerIdentityRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetCallerIdentityRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetCallerIdentity +func (c *STS) GetCallerIdentityRequest(input *GetCallerIdentityInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCallerIdentityOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetCallerIdentity, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetCallerIdentityInput{} + } + + output = &GetCallerIdentityOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetCallerIdentity API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// +// Returns details about the IAM identity whose credentials are used to call +// the API. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation GetCallerIdentity for usage and error information. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetCallerIdentity +func (c *STS) GetCallerIdentity(input *GetCallerIdentityInput) (*GetCallerIdentityOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetCallerIdentityRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetCallerIdentityWithContext is the same as GetCallerIdentity with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetCallerIdentity for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *STS) GetCallerIdentityWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCallerIdentityInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCallerIdentityOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetCallerIdentityRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetFederationToken = "GetFederationToken" + +// GetFederationTokenRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetFederationToken operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetFederationToken for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetFederationToken method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetFederationTokenRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetFederationTokenRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetFederationToken +func (c *STS) GetFederationTokenRequest(input *GetFederationTokenInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetFederationTokenOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetFederationToken, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetFederationTokenInput{} + } + + output = &GetFederationTokenOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetFederationToken API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// +// Returns a set of temporary security credentials (consisting of an access +// key ID, a secret access key, and a security token) for a federated user. +// A typical use is in a proxy application that gets temporary security credentials +// on behalf of distributed applications inside a corporate network. Because +// you must call the GetFederationToken action using the long-term security +// credentials of an IAM user, this call is appropriate in contexts where those +// credentials can be safely stored, usually in a server-based application. +// For a comparison of GetFederationToken with the other APIs that produce temporary +// credentials, see Requesting Temporary Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html) +// and Comparing the AWS STS APIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// If you are creating a mobile-based or browser-based app that can authenticate +// users using a web identity provider like Login with Amazon, Facebook, Google, +// or an OpenID Connect-compatible identity provider, we recommend that you +// use Amazon Cognito (http://aws.amazon.com/cognito/) or AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity. +// For more information, see Federation Through a Web-based Identity Provider +// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_assumerolewithwebidentity). +// +// The GetFederationToken action must be called by using the long-term AWS security +// credentials of an IAM user. You can also call GetFederationToken using the +// security credentials of an AWS root account, but we do not recommended it. +// Instead, we recommend that you create an IAM user for the purpose of the +// proxy application and then attach a policy to the IAM user that limits federated +// users to only the actions and resources that they need access to. For more +// information, see IAM Best Practices (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/best-practices.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The temporary security credentials that are obtained by using the long-term +// credentials of an IAM user are valid for the specified duration, from 900 +// seconds (15 minutes) up to a maximium of 129600 seconds (36 hours). The default +// is 43200 seconds (12 hours). Temporary credentials that are obtained by using +// AWS root account credentials have a maximum duration of 3600 seconds (1 hour). +// +// The temporary security credentials created by GetFederationToken can be used +// to make API calls to any AWS service with the following exceptions: +// +// * You cannot use these credentials to call any IAM APIs. +// +// * You cannot call any STS APIs except GetCallerIdentity. +// +// Permissions +// +// The permissions for the temporary security credentials returned by GetFederationToken +// are determined by a combination of the following: +// +// * The policy or policies that are attached to the IAM user whose credentials +// are used to call GetFederationToken. +// +// * The policy that is passed as a parameter in the call. +// +// The passed policy is attached to the temporary security credentials that +// result from the GetFederationToken API call--that is, to the federated user. +// When the federated user makes an AWS request, AWS evaluates the policy attached +// to the federated user in combination with the policy or policies attached +// to the IAM user whose credentials were used to call GetFederationToken. AWS +// allows the federated user's request only when both the federated user and +// the IAM user are explicitly allowed to perform the requested action. The +// passed policy cannot grant more permissions than those that are defined in +// the IAM user policy. +// +// A typical use case is that the permissions of the IAM user whose credentials +// are used to call GetFederationToken are designed to allow access to all the +// actions and resources that any federated user will need. Then, for individual +// users, you pass a policy to the operation that scopes down the permissions +// to a level that's appropriate to that individual user, using a policy that +// allows only a subset of permissions that are granted to the IAM user. +// +// If you do not pass a policy, the resulting temporary security credentials +// have no effective permissions. The only exception is when the temporary security +// credentials are used to access a resource that has a resource-based policy +// that specifically allows the federated user to access the resource. +// +// For more information about how permissions work, see Permissions for GetFederationToken +// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_getfederationtoken.html). +// For information about using GetFederationToken to create temporary security +// credentials, see GetFederationToken—Federation Through a Custom Identity +// Broker (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_getfederationtoken). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation GetFederationToken for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException "MalformedPolicyDocument" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException "PackedPolicyTooLarge" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error +// message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage +// of what the API allows. +// +// * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException" +// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being +// asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM +// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating +// and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetFederationToken +func (c *STS) GetFederationToken(input *GetFederationTokenInput) (*GetFederationTokenOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetFederationTokenRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetFederationTokenWithContext is the same as GetFederationToken with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetFederationToken for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *STS) GetFederationTokenWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetFederationTokenInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetFederationTokenOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetFederationTokenRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetSessionToken = "GetSessionToken" + +// GetSessionTokenRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetSessionToken operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See GetSessionToken for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the GetSessionToken method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetSessionTokenRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetSessionTokenRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetSessionToken +func (c *STS) GetSessionTokenRequest(input *GetSessionTokenInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetSessionTokenOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetSessionToken, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetSessionTokenInput{} + } + + output = &GetSessionTokenOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetSessionToken API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// +// Returns a set of temporary credentials for an AWS account or IAM user. The +// credentials consist of an access key ID, a secret access key, and a security +// token. Typically, you use GetSessionToken if you want to use MFA to protect +// programmatic calls to specific AWS APIs like Amazon EC2 StopInstances. MFA-enabled +// IAM users would need to call GetSessionToken and submit an MFA code that +// is associated with their MFA device. Using the temporary security credentials +// that are returned from the call, IAM users can then make programmatic calls +// to APIs that require MFA authentication. If you do not supply a correct MFA +// code, then the API returns an access denied error. For a comparison of GetSessionToken +// with the other APIs that produce temporary credentials, see Requesting Temporary +// Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html) +// and Comparing the AWS STS APIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The GetSessionToken action must be called by using the long-term AWS security +// credentials of the AWS account or an IAM user. Credentials that are created +// by IAM users are valid for the duration that you specify, from 900 seconds +// (15 minutes) up to a maximum of 129600 seconds (36 hours), with a default +// of 43200 seconds (12 hours); credentials that are created by using account +// credentials can range from 900 seconds (15 minutes) up to a maximum of 3600 +// seconds (1 hour), with a default of 1 hour. +// +// The temporary security credentials created by GetSessionToken can be used +// to make API calls to any AWS service with the following exceptions: +// +// * You cannot call any IAM APIs unless MFA authentication information is +// included in the request. +// +// * You cannot call any STS API exceptAssumeRole or GetCallerIdentity. +// +// We recommend that you do not call GetSessionToken with root account credentials. +// Instead, follow our best practices (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/best-practices.html#create-iam-users) +// by creating one or more IAM users, giving them the necessary permissions, +// and using IAM users for everyday interaction with AWS. +// +// The permissions associated with the temporary security credentials returned +// by GetSessionToken are based on the permissions associated with account or +// IAM user whose credentials are used to call the action. If GetSessionToken +// is called using root account credentials, the temporary credentials have +// root account permissions. Similarly, if GetSessionToken is called using the +// credentials of an IAM user, the temporary credentials have the same permissions +// as the IAM user. +// +// For more information about using GetSessionToken to create temporary credentials, +// go to Temporary Credentials for Users in Untrusted Environments (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_getsessiontoken) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation GetSessionToken for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException" +// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being +// asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM +// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating +// and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetSessionToken +func (c *STS) GetSessionToken(input *GetSessionTokenInput) (*GetSessionTokenOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetSessionTokenRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetSessionTokenWithContext is the same as GetSessionToken with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetSessionToken for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *STS) GetSessionTokenWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetSessionTokenInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetSessionTokenOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetSessionTokenRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleRequest +type AssumeRoleInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The duration, in seconds, of the role session. The value can range from 900 + // seconds (15 minutes) to 3600 seconds (1 hour). By default, the value is set + // to 3600 seconds. + // + // This is separate from the duration of a console session that you might request + // using the returned credentials. The request to the federation endpoint for + // a console sign-in token takes a SessionDuration parameter that specifies + // the maximum length of the console session, separately from the DurationSeconds + // parameter on this API. For more information, see Creating a URL that Enables + // Federated Users to Access the AWS Management Console (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-custom-url.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + DurationSeconds *int64 `min:"900" type:"integer"` + + // A unique identifier that is used by third parties when assuming roles in + // their customers' accounts. For each role that the third party can assume, + // they should instruct their customers to ensure the role's trust policy checks + // for the external ID that the third party generated. Each time the third party + // assumes the role, they should pass the customer's external ID. The external + // ID is useful in order to help third parties bind a role to the customer who + // created it. For more information about the external ID, see How to Use an + // External ID When Granting Access to Your AWS Resources to a Third Party (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_create_for-user_externalid.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // The regex used to validated this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can + // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@:\/- + ExternalId *string `min:"2" type:"string"` + + // An IAM policy in JSON format. + // + // This parameter is optional. If you pass a policy, the temporary security + // credentials that are returned by the operation have the permissions that + // are allowed by both (the intersection of) the access policy of the role that + // is being assumed, and the policy that you pass. This gives you a way to further + // restrict the permissions for the resulting temporary security credentials. + // You cannot use the passed policy to grant permissions that are in excess + // of those allowed by the access policy of the role that is being assumed. + // For more information, see Permissions for AssumeRole, AssumeRoleWithSAML, + // and AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a string + // of characters up to 2048 characters in length. The characters can be any + // ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid character + // list (\u0020-\u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A), + // and carriage return (\u000D) characters. + // + // The policy plain text must be 2048 bytes or shorter. However, an internal + // conversion compresses it into a packed binary format with a separate limit. + // The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close to + // the upper size limit the policy is, with 100% equaling the maximum allowed + // size. + Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role to assume. + // + // RoleArn is a required field + RoleArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // An identifier for the assumed role session. + // + // Use the role session name to uniquely identify a session when the same role + // is assumed by different principals or for different reasons. In cross-account + // scenarios, the role session name is visible to, and can be logged by the + // account that owns the role. The role session name is also used in the ARN + // of the assumed role principal. This means that subsequent cross-account API + // requests using the temporary security credentials will expose the role session + // name to the external account in their CloudTrail logs. + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can + // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // RoleSessionName is a required field + RoleSessionName *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The identification number of the MFA device that is associated with the user + // who is making the AssumeRole call. Specify this value if the trust policy + // of the role being assumed includes a condition that requires MFA authentication. + // The value is either the serial number for a hardware device (such as GAHT12345678) + // or an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for a virtual device (such as arn:aws:iam::123456789012:mfa/user). + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can + // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- + SerialNumber *string `min:"9" type:"string"` + + // The value provided by the MFA device, if the trust policy of the role being + // assumed requires MFA (that is, if the policy includes a condition that tests + // for MFA). If the role being assumed requires MFA and if the TokenCode value + // is missing or expired, the AssumeRole call returns an "access denied" error. + // + // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a sequence + // of six numeric digits. + TokenCode *string `min:"6" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssumeRoleInput"} + if s.DurationSeconds != nil && *s.DurationSeconds < 900 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DurationSeconds", 900)) + } + if s.ExternalId != nil && len(*s.ExternalId) < 2 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ExternalId", 2)) + } + if s.Policy != nil && len(*s.Policy) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Policy", 1)) + } + if s.RoleArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) + } + if s.RoleArn != nil && len(*s.RoleArn) < 20 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RoleArn", 20)) + } + if s.RoleSessionName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleSessionName")) + } + if s.RoleSessionName != nil && len(*s.RoleSessionName) < 2 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RoleSessionName", 2)) + } + if s.SerialNumber != nil && len(*s.SerialNumber) < 9 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SerialNumber", 9)) + } + if s.TokenCode != nil && len(*s.TokenCode) < 6 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TokenCode", 6)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *AssumeRoleInput { + s.DurationSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetExternalId sets the ExternalId field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetExternalId(v string) *AssumeRoleInput { + s.ExternalId = &v + return s +} + +// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetPolicy(v string) *AssumeRoleInput { + s.Policy = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AssumeRoleInput { + s.RoleArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleSessionName sets the RoleSessionName field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetRoleSessionName(v string) *AssumeRoleInput { + s.RoleSessionName = &v + return s +} + +// SetSerialNumber sets the SerialNumber field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetSerialNumber(v string) *AssumeRoleInput { + s.SerialNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetTokenCode sets the TokenCode field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetTokenCode(v string) *AssumeRoleInput { + s.TokenCode = &v + return s +} + +// Contains the response to a successful AssumeRole request, including temporary +// AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleResponse +type AssumeRoleOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and the assumed role ID, which are identifiers + // that you can use to refer to the resulting temporary security credentials. + // For example, you can reference these credentials as a principal in a resource-based + // policy by using the ARN or assumed role ID. The ARN and ID include the RoleSessionName + // that you specified when you called AssumeRole. + AssumedRoleUser *AssumedRoleUser `type:"structure"` + + // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret + // access key, and a security (or session) token. + // + // Note: The size of the security token that STS APIs return is not fixed. We + // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. As + // of this writing, the typical size is less than 4096 bytes, but that can vary. + // Also, future updates to AWS might require larger sizes. + Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"` + + // A percentage value that indicates the size of the policy in packed form. + // The service rejects any policy with a packed size greater than 100 percent, + // which means the policy exceeded the allowed space. + PackedPolicySize *int64 `type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAssumedRoleUser sets the AssumedRoleUser field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleOutput) SetAssumedRoleUser(v *AssumedRoleUser) *AssumeRoleOutput { + s.AssumedRoleUser = v + return s +} + +// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleOutput) SetCredentials(v *Credentials) *AssumeRoleOutput { + s.Credentials = v + return s +} + +// SetPackedPolicySize sets the PackedPolicySize field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleOutput) SetPackedPolicySize(v int64) *AssumeRoleOutput { + s.PackedPolicySize = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest +type AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The duration, in seconds, of the role session. The value can range from 900 + // seconds (15 minutes) to 3600 seconds (1 hour). By default, the value is set + // to 3600 seconds. An expiration can also be specified in the SAML authentication + // response's SessionNotOnOrAfter value. The actual expiration time is whichever + // value is shorter. + // + // This is separate from the duration of a console session that you might request + // using the returned credentials. The request to the federation endpoint for + // a console sign-in token takes a SessionDuration parameter that specifies + // the maximum length of the console session, separately from the DurationSeconds + // parameter on this API. For more information, see Enabling SAML 2.0 Federated + // Users to Access the AWS Management Console (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-saml.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + DurationSeconds *int64 `min:"900" type:"integer"` + + // An IAM policy in JSON format. + // + // The policy parameter is optional. If you pass a policy, the temporary security + // credentials that are returned by the operation have the permissions that + // are allowed by both the access policy of the role that is being assumed, + // and the policy that you pass. This gives you a way to further restrict the + // permissions for the resulting temporary security credentials. You cannot + // use the passed policy to grant permissions that are in excess of those allowed + // by the access policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, + // Permissions for AssumeRole, AssumeRoleWithSAML, and AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity + // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a string + // of characters up to 2048 characters in length. The characters can be any + // ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid character + // list (\u0020-\u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A), + // and carriage return (\u000D) characters. + // + // The policy plain text must be 2048 bytes or shorter. However, an internal + // conversion compresses it into a packed binary format with a separate limit. + // The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close to + // the upper size limit the policy is, with 100% equaling the maximum allowed + // size. + Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider in IAM that describes + // the IdP. + // + // PrincipalArn is a required field + PrincipalArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role that the caller is assuming. + // + // RoleArn is a required field + RoleArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The base-64 encoded SAML authentication response provided by the IdP. + // + // For more information, see Configuring a Relying Party and Adding Claims (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/create-role-saml-IdP-tasks.html) + // in the Using IAM guide. + // + // SAMLAssertion is a required field + SAMLAssertion *string `min:"4" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput"} + if s.DurationSeconds != nil && *s.DurationSeconds < 900 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DurationSeconds", 900)) + } + if s.Policy != nil && len(*s.Policy) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Policy", 1)) + } + if s.PrincipalArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PrincipalArn")) + } + if s.PrincipalArn != nil && len(*s.PrincipalArn) < 20 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PrincipalArn", 20)) + } + if s.RoleArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) + } + if s.RoleArn != nil && len(*s.RoleArn) < 20 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RoleArn", 20)) + } + if s.SAMLAssertion == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SAMLAssertion")) + } + if s.SAMLAssertion != nil && len(*s.SAMLAssertion) < 4 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SAMLAssertion", 4)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput { + s.DurationSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) SetPolicy(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput { + s.Policy = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrincipalArn sets the PrincipalArn field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) SetPrincipalArn(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput { + s.PrincipalArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput { + s.RoleArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetSAMLAssertion sets the SAMLAssertion field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) SetSAMLAssertion(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput { + s.SAMLAssertion = &v + return s +} + +// Contains the response to a successful AssumeRoleWithSAML request, including +// temporary AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithSAMLResponse +type AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The identifiers for the temporary security credentials that the operation + // returns. + AssumedRoleUser *AssumedRoleUser `type:"structure"` + + // The value of the Recipient attribute of the SubjectConfirmationData element + // of the SAML assertion. + Audience *string `type:"string"` + + // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret + // access key, and a security (or session) token. + // + // Note: The size of the security token that STS APIs return is not fixed. We + // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. As + // of this writing, the typical size is less than 4096 bytes, but that can vary. + // Also, future updates to AWS might require larger sizes. + Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"` + + // The value of the Issuer element of the SAML assertion. + Issuer *string `type:"string"` + + // A hash value based on the concatenation of the Issuer response value, the + // AWS account ID, and the friendly name (the last part of the ARN) of the SAML + // provider in IAM. The combination of NameQualifier and Subject can be used + // to uniquely identify a federated user. + // + // The following pseudocode shows how the hash value is calculated: + // + // BASE64 ( SHA1 ( "https://example.com/saml" + "123456789012" + "/MySAMLIdP" + // ) ) + NameQualifier *string `type:"string"` + + // A percentage value that indicates the size of the policy in packed form. + // The service rejects any policy with a packed size greater than 100 percent, + // which means the policy exceeded the allowed space. + PackedPolicySize *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The value of the NameID element in the Subject element of the SAML assertion. + Subject *string `type:"string"` + + // The format of the name ID, as defined by the Format attribute in the NameID + // element of the SAML assertion. Typical examples of the format are transient + // or persistent. + // + // If the format includes the prefix urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format, + // that prefix is removed. For example, urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:transient + // is returned as transient. If the format includes any other prefix, the format + // is returned with no modifications. + SubjectType *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAssumedRoleUser sets the AssumedRoleUser field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetAssumedRoleUser(v *AssumedRoleUser) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.AssumedRoleUser = v + return s +} + +// SetAudience sets the Audience field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetAudience(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.Audience = &v + return s +} + +// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetCredentials(v *Credentials) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.Credentials = v + return s +} + +// SetIssuer sets the Issuer field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetIssuer(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.Issuer = &v + return s +} + +// SetNameQualifier sets the NameQualifier field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetNameQualifier(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.NameQualifier = &v + return s +} + +// SetPackedPolicySize sets the PackedPolicySize field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetPackedPolicySize(v int64) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.PackedPolicySize = &v + return s +} + +// SetSubject sets the Subject field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetSubject(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.Subject = &v + return s +} + +// SetSubjectType sets the SubjectType field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetSubjectType(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.SubjectType = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest +type AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The duration, in seconds, of the role session. The value can range from 900 + // seconds (15 minutes) to 3600 seconds (1 hour). By default, the value is set + // to 3600 seconds. + // + // This is separate from the duration of a console session that you might request + // using the returned credentials. The request to the federation endpoint for + // a console sign-in token takes a SessionDuration parameter that specifies + // the maximum length of the console session, separately from the DurationSeconds + // parameter on this API. For more information, see Creating a URL that Enables + // Federated Users to Access the AWS Management Console (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-custom-url.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + DurationSeconds *int64 `min:"900" type:"integer"` + + // An IAM policy in JSON format. + // + // The policy parameter is optional. If you pass a policy, the temporary security + // credentials that are returned by the operation have the permissions that + // are allowed by both the access policy of the role that is being assumed, + // and the policy that you pass. This gives you a way to further restrict the + // permissions for the resulting temporary security credentials. You cannot + // use the passed policy to grant permissions that are in excess of those allowed + // by the access policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, + // see Permissions for AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a string + // of characters up to 2048 characters in length. The characters can be any + // ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid character + // list (\u0020-\u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A), + // and carriage return (\u000D) characters. + // + // The policy plain text must be 2048 bytes or shorter. However, an internal + // conversion compresses it into a packed binary format with a separate limit. + // The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close to + // the upper size limit the policy is, with 100% equaling the maximum allowed + // size. + Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The fully qualified host component of the domain name of the identity provider. + // + // Specify this value only for OAuth 2.0 access tokens. Currently www.amazon.com + // and graph.facebook.com are the only supported identity providers for OAuth + // 2.0 access tokens. Do not include URL schemes and port numbers. + // + // Do not specify this value for OpenID Connect ID tokens. + ProviderId *string `min:"4" type:"string"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role that the caller is assuming. + // + // RoleArn is a required field + RoleArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // An identifier for the assumed role session. Typically, you pass the name + // or identifier that is associated with the user who is using your application. + // That way, the temporary security credentials that your application will use + // are associated with that user. This session name is included as part of the + // ARN and assumed role ID in the AssumedRoleUser response element. + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can + // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // RoleSessionName is a required field + RoleSessionName *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The OAuth 2.0 access token or OpenID Connect ID token that is provided by + // the identity provider. Your application must get this token by authenticating + // the user who is using your application with a web identity provider before + // the application makes an AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity call. + // + // WebIdentityToken is a required field + WebIdentityToken *string `min:"4" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput"} + if s.DurationSeconds != nil && *s.DurationSeconds < 900 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DurationSeconds", 900)) + } + if s.Policy != nil && len(*s.Policy) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Policy", 1)) + } + if s.ProviderId != nil && len(*s.ProviderId) < 4 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProviderId", 4)) + } + if s.RoleArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) + } + if s.RoleArn != nil && len(*s.RoleArn) < 20 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RoleArn", 20)) + } + if s.RoleSessionName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleSessionName")) + } + if s.RoleSessionName != nil && len(*s.RoleSessionName) < 2 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RoleSessionName", 2)) + } + if s.WebIdentityToken == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WebIdentityToken")) + } + if s.WebIdentityToken != nil && len(*s.WebIdentityToken) < 4 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("WebIdentityToken", 4)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput { + s.DurationSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetPolicy(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput { + s.Policy = &v + return s +} + +// SetProviderId sets the ProviderId field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetProviderId(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput { + s.ProviderId = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput { + s.RoleArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleSessionName sets the RoleSessionName field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetRoleSessionName(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput { + s.RoleSessionName = &v + return s +} + +// SetWebIdentityToken sets the WebIdentityToken field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetWebIdentityToken(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput { + s.WebIdentityToken = &v + return s +} + +// Contains the response to a successful AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity request, +// including temporary AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityResponse +type AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and the assumed role ID, which are identifiers + // that you can use to refer to the resulting temporary security credentials. + // For example, you can reference these credentials as a principal in a resource-based + // policy by using the ARN or assumed role ID. The ARN and ID include the RoleSessionName + // that you specified when you called AssumeRole. + AssumedRoleUser *AssumedRoleUser `type:"structure"` + + // The intended audience (also known as client ID) of the web identity token. + // This is traditionally the client identifier issued to the application that + // requested the web identity token. + Audience *string `type:"string"` + + // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret + // access key, and a security token. + // + // Note: The size of the security token that STS APIs return is not fixed. We + // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. As + // of this writing, the typical size is less than 4096 bytes, but that can vary. + // Also, future updates to AWS might require larger sizes. + Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"` + + // A percentage value that indicates the size of the policy in packed form. + // The service rejects any policy with a packed size greater than 100 percent, + // which means the policy exceeded the allowed space. + PackedPolicySize *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The issuing authority of the web identity token presented. For OpenID Connect + // ID Tokens this contains the value of the iss field. For OAuth 2.0 access + // tokens, this contains the value of the ProviderId parameter that was passed + // in the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity request. + Provider *string `type:"string"` + + // The unique user identifier that is returned by the identity provider. This + // identifier is associated with the WebIdentityToken that was submitted with + // the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity call. The identifier is typically unique to + // the user and the application that acquired the WebIdentityToken (pairwise + // identifier). For OpenID Connect ID tokens, this field contains the value + // returned by the identity provider as the token's sub (Subject) claim. + SubjectFromWebIdentityToken *string `min:"6" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAssumedRoleUser sets the AssumedRoleUser field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetAssumedRoleUser(v *AssumedRoleUser) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput { + s.AssumedRoleUser = v + return s +} + +// SetAudience sets the Audience field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetAudience(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput { + s.Audience = &v + return s +} + +// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetCredentials(v *Credentials) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput { + s.Credentials = v + return s +} + +// SetPackedPolicySize sets the PackedPolicySize field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetPackedPolicySize(v int64) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput { + s.PackedPolicySize = &v + return s +} + +// SetProvider sets the Provider field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetProvider(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput { + s.Provider = &v + return s +} + +// SetSubjectFromWebIdentityToken sets the SubjectFromWebIdentityToken field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetSubjectFromWebIdentityToken(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput { + s.SubjectFromWebIdentityToken = &v + return s +} + +// The identifiers for the temporary security credentials that the operation +// returns. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumedRoleUser +type AssumedRoleUser struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ARN of the temporary security credentials that are returned from the + // AssumeRole action. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in + // policies, see IAM Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html) + // in Using IAM. + // + // Arn is a required field + Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A unique identifier that contains the role ID and the role session name of + // the role that is being assumed. The role ID is generated by AWS when the + // role is created. + // + // AssumedRoleId is a required field + AssumedRoleId *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AssumedRoleUser) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AssumedRoleUser) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *AssumedRoleUser) SetArn(v string) *AssumedRoleUser { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetAssumedRoleId sets the AssumedRoleId field's value. +func (s *AssumedRoleUser) SetAssumedRoleId(v string) *AssumedRoleUser { + s.AssumedRoleId = &v + return s +} + +// AWS credentials for API authentication. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/Credentials +type Credentials struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The access key ID that identifies the temporary security credentials. + // + // AccessKeyId is a required field + AccessKeyId *string `min:"16" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The date on which the current credentials expire. + // + // Expiration is a required field + Expiration *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` + + // The secret access key that can be used to sign requests. + // + // SecretAccessKey is a required field + SecretAccessKey *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The token that users must pass to the service API to use the temporary credentials. + // + // SessionToken is a required field + SessionToken *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Credentials) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Credentials) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAccessKeyId sets the AccessKeyId field's value. +func (s *Credentials) SetAccessKeyId(v string) *Credentials { + s.AccessKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. +func (s *Credentials) SetExpiration(v time.Time) *Credentials { + s.Expiration = &v + return s +} + +// SetSecretAccessKey sets the SecretAccessKey field's value. +func (s *Credentials) SetSecretAccessKey(v string) *Credentials { + s.SecretAccessKey = &v + return s +} + +// SetSessionToken sets the SessionToken field's value. +func (s *Credentials) SetSessionToken(v string) *Credentials { + s.SessionToken = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest +type DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The encoded message that was returned with the response. + // + // EncodedMessage is a required field + EncodedMessage *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput"} + if s.EncodedMessage == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EncodedMessage")) + } + if s.EncodedMessage != nil && len(*s.EncodedMessage) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("EncodedMessage", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetEncodedMessage sets the EncodedMessage field's value. +func (s *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) SetEncodedMessage(v string) *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput { + s.EncodedMessage = &v + return s +} + +// A document that contains additional information about the authorization status +// of a request from an encoded message that is returned in response to an AWS +// request. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/DecodeAuthorizationMessageResponse +type DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An XML document that contains the decoded message. + DecodedMessage *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDecodedMessage sets the DecodedMessage field's value. +func (s *DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput) SetDecodedMessage(v string) *DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput { + s.DecodedMessage = &v + return s +} + +// Identifiers for the federated user that is associated with the credentials. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/FederatedUser +type FederatedUser struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ARN that specifies the federated user that is associated with the credentials. + // For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM + // Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html) + // in Using IAM. + // + // Arn is a required field + Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The string that identifies the federated user associated with the credentials, + // similar to the unique ID of an IAM user. + // + // FederatedUserId is a required field + FederatedUserId *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s FederatedUser) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s FederatedUser) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *FederatedUser) SetArn(v string) *FederatedUser { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetFederatedUserId sets the FederatedUserId field's value. +func (s *FederatedUser) SetFederatedUserId(v string) *FederatedUser { + s.FederatedUserId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetCallerIdentityRequest +type GetCallerIdentityInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetCallerIdentityInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetCallerIdentityInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Contains the response to a successful GetCallerIdentity request, including +// information about the entity making the request. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetCallerIdentityResponse +type GetCallerIdentityOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The AWS account ID number of the account that owns or contains the calling + // entity. + Account *string `type:"string"` + + // The AWS ARN associated with the calling entity. + Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string"` + + // The unique identifier of the calling entity. The exact value depends on the + // type of entity making the call. The values returned are those listed in the + // aws:userid column in the Principal table (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_variables.html#principaltable) + // found on the Policy Variables reference page in the IAM User Guide. + UserId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetCallerIdentityOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetCallerIdentityOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAccount sets the Account field's value. +func (s *GetCallerIdentityOutput) SetAccount(v string) *GetCallerIdentityOutput { + s.Account = &v + return s +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *GetCallerIdentityOutput) SetArn(v string) *GetCallerIdentityOutput { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetUserId sets the UserId field's value. +func (s *GetCallerIdentityOutput) SetUserId(v string) *GetCallerIdentityOutput { + s.UserId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetFederationTokenRequest +type GetFederationTokenInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The duration, in seconds, that the session should last. Acceptable durations + // for federation sessions range from 900 seconds (15 minutes) to 129600 seconds + // (36 hours), with 43200 seconds (12 hours) as the default. Sessions obtained + // using AWS account (root) credentials are restricted to a maximum of 3600 + // seconds (one hour). If the specified duration is longer than one hour, the + // session obtained by using AWS account (root) credentials defaults to one + // hour. + DurationSeconds *int64 `min:"900" type:"integer"` + + // The name of the federated user. The name is used as an identifier for the + // temporary security credentials (such as Bob). For example, you can reference + // the federated user name in a resource-based policy, such as in an Amazon + // S3 bucket policy. + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can + // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // An IAM policy in JSON format that is passed with the GetFederationToken call + // and evaluated along with the policy or policies that are attached to the + // IAM user whose credentials are used to call GetFederationToken. The passed + // policy is used to scope down the permissions that are available to the IAM + // user, by allowing only a subset of the permissions that are granted to the + // IAM user. The passed policy cannot grant more permissions than those granted + // to the IAM user. The final permissions for the federated user are the most + // restrictive set based on the intersection of the passed policy and the IAM + // user policy. + // + // If you do not pass a policy, the resulting temporary security credentials + // have no effective permissions. The only exception is when the temporary security + // credentials are used to access a resource that has a resource-based policy + // that specifically allows the federated user to access the resource. + // + // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a string + // of characters up to 2048 characters in length. The characters can be any + // ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid character + // list (\u0020-\u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A), + // and carriage return (\u000D) characters. + // + // The policy plain text must be 2048 bytes or shorter. However, an internal + // conversion compresses it into a packed binary format with a separate limit. + // The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close to + // the upper size limit the policy is, with 100% equaling the maximum allowed + // size. + // + // For more information about how permissions work, see Permissions for GetFederationToken + // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_getfederationtoken.html). + Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetFederationTokenInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetFederationTokenInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetFederationTokenInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetFederationTokenInput"} + if s.DurationSeconds != nil && *s.DurationSeconds < 900 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DurationSeconds", 900)) + } + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 2 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 2)) + } + if s.Policy != nil && len(*s.Policy) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Policy", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value. +func (s *GetFederationTokenInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *GetFederationTokenInput { + s.DurationSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *GetFederationTokenInput) SetName(v string) *GetFederationTokenInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. +func (s *GetFederationTokenInput) SetPolicy(v string) *GetFederationTokenInput { + s.Policy = &v + return s +} + +// Contains the response to a successful GetFederationToken request, including +// temporary AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetFederationTokenResponse +type GetFederationTokenOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret + // access key, and a security (or session) token. + // + // Note: The size of the security token that STS APIs return is not fixed. We + // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. As + // of this writing, the typical size is less than 4096 bytes, but that can vary. + // Also, future updates to AWS might require larger sizes. + Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"` + + // Identifiers for the federated user associated with the credentials (such + // as arn:aws:sts::123456789012:federated-user/Bob or 123456789012:Bob). You + // can use the federated user's ARN in your resource-based policies, such as + // an Amazon S3 bucket policy. + FederatedUser *FederatedUser `type:"structure"` + + // A percentage value indicating the size of the policy in packed form. The + // service rejects policies for which the packed size is greater than 100 percent + // of the allowed value. + PackedPolicySize *int64 `type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetFederationTokenOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetFederationTokenOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value. +func (s *GetFederationTokenOutput) SetCredentials(v *Credentials) *GetFederationTokenOutput { + s.Credentials = v + return s +} + +// SetFederatedUser sets the FederatedUser field's value. +func (s *GetFederationTokenOutput) SetFederatedUser(v *FederatedUser) *GetFederationTokenOutput { + s.FederatedUser = v + return s +} + +// SetPackedPolicySize sets the PackedPolicySize field's value. +func (s *GetFederationTokenOutput) SetPackedPolicySize(v int64) *GetFederationTokenOutput { + s.PackedPolicySize = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetSessionTokenRequest +type GetSessionTokenInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The duration, in seconds, that the credentials should remain valid. Acceptable + // durations for IAM user sessions range from 900 seconds (15 minutes) to 129600 + // seconds (36 hours), with 43200 seconds (12 hours) as the default. Sessions + // for AWS account owners are restricted to a maximum of 3600 seconds (one hour). + // If the duration is longer than one hour, the session for AWS account owners + // defaults to one hour. + DurationSeconds *int64 `min:"900" type:"integer"` + + // The identification number of the MFA device that is associated with the IAM + // user who is making the GetSessionToken call. Specify this value if the IAM + // user has a policy that requires MFA authentication. The value is either the + // serial number for a hardware device (such as GAHT12345678) or an Amazon Resource + // Name (ARN) for a virtual device (such as arn:aws:iam::123456789012:mfa/user). + // You can find the device for an IAM user by going to the AWS Management Console + // and viewing the user's security credentials. + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can + // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- + SerialNumber *string `min:"9" type:"string"` + + // The value provided by the MFA device, if MFA is required. If any policy requires + // the IAM user to submit an MFA code, specify this value. If MFA authentication + // is required, and the user does not provide a code when requesting a set of + // temporary security credentials, the user will receive an "access denied" + // response when requesting resources that require MFA authentication. + // + // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a sequence + // of six numeric digits. + TokenCode *string `min:"6" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetSessionTokenInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetSessionTokenInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetSessionTokenInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetSessionTokenInput"} + if s.DurationSeconds != nil && *s.DurationSeconds < 900 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DurationSeconds", 900)) + } + if s.SerialNumber != nil && len(*s.SerialNumber) < 9 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SerialNumber", 9)) + } + if s.TokenCode != nil && len(*s.TokenCode) < 6 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TokenCode", 6)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value. +func (s *GetSessionTokenInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *GetSessionTokenInput { + s.DurationSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetSerialNumber sets the SerialNumber field's value. +func (s *GetSessionTokenInput) SetSerialNumber(v string) *GetSessionTokenInput { + s.SerialNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetTokenCode sets the TokenCode field's value. +func (s *GetSessionTokenInput) SetTokenCode(v string) *GetSessionTokenInput { + s.TokenCode = &v + return s +} + +// Contains the response to a successful GetSessionToken request, including +// temporary AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetSessionTokenResponse +type GetSessionTokenOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret + // access key, and a security (or session) token. + // + // Note: The size of the security token that STS APIs return is not fixed. We + // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. As + // of this writing, the typical size is less than 4096 bytes, but that can vary. + // Also, future updates to AWS might require larger sizes. + Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetSessionTokenOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetSessionTokenOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value. +func (s *GetSessionTokenOutput) SetCredentials(v *Credentials) *GetSessionTokenOutput { + s.Credentials = v + return s +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/customizations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/customizations.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4010cc7fa --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/customizations.go @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +package sts + +import "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + +func init() { + initRequest = func(r *request.Request) { + switch r.Operation.Name { + case opAssumeRoleWithSAML, opAssumeRoleWithWebIdentity: + r.Handlers.Sign.Clear() // these operations are unsigned + } + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/doc.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2af518cf --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/doc.go @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +// Package sts provides the client and types for making API +// requests to AWS Security Token Service. +// +// The AWS Security Token Service (STS) is a web service that enables you to +// request temporary, limited-privilege credentials for AWS Identity and Access +// Management (IAM) users or for users that you authenticate (federated users). +// This guide provides descriptions of the STS API. For more detailed information +// about using this service, go to Temporary Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp.html). +// +// As an alternative to using the API, you can use one of the AWS SDKs, which +// consist of libraries and sample code for various programming languages and +// platforms (Java, Ruby, .NET, iOS, Android, etc.). The SDKs provide a convenient +// way to create programmatic access to STS. For example, the SDKs take care +// of cryptographically signing requests, managing errors, and retrying requests +// automatically. For information about the AWS SDKs, including how to download +// and install them, see the Tools for Amazon Web Services page (http://aws.amazon.com/tools/). +// +// For information about setting up signatures and authorization through the +// API, go to Signing AWS API Requests (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) +// in the AWS General Reference. For general information about the Query API, +// go to Making Query Requests (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) +// in Using IAM. For information about using security tokens with other AWS +// products, go to AWS Services That Work with IAM (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_aws-services-that-work-with-iam.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// If you're new to AWS and need additional technical information about a specific +// AWS product, you can find the product's technical documentation at http://aws.amazon.com/documentation/ +// (http://aws.amazon.com/documentation/). +// +// Endpoints +// +// The AWS Security Token Service (STS) has a default endpoint of https://sts.amazonaws.com +// that maps to the US East (N. Virginia) region. Additional regions are available +// and are activated by default. For more information, see Activating and Deactivating +// AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// For information about STS endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#sts_region) +// in the AWS General Reference. +// +// Recording API requests +// +// STS supports AWS CloudTrail, which is a service that records AWS calls for +// your AWS account and delivers log files to an Amazon S3 bucket. By using +// information collected by CloudTrail, you can determine what requests were +// successfully made to STS, who made the request, when it was made, and so +// on. To learn more about CloudTrail, including how to turn it on and find +// your log files, see the AWS CloudTrail User Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/awscloudtrail/latest/userguide/what_is_cloud_trail_top_level.html). +// +// See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15 for more information on this service. +// +// See sts package documentation for more information. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/sts/ +// +// Using the Client +// +// To use the client for AWS Security Token Service you will first need +// to create a new instance of it. +// +// When creating a client for an AWS service you'll first need to have a Session +// already created. The Session provides configuration that can be shared +// between multiple service clients. Additional configuration can be applied to +// the Session and service's client when they are constructed. The aws package's +// Config type contains several fields such as Region for the AWS Region the +// client should make API requests too. The optional Config value can be provided +// as the variadic argument for Sessions and client creation. +// +// Once the service's client is created you can use it to make API requests the +// AWS service. These clients are safe to use concurrently. +// +// // Create a session to share configuration, and load external configuration. +// sess := session.Must(session.NewSession()) +// +// // Create the service's client with the session. +// svc := sts.New(sess) +// +// See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use service clients. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ +// +// See aws package's Config type for more information on configuration options. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config +// +// See the AWS Security Token Service client STS for more +// information on creating the service's client. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/sts/#New +// +// Once the client is created you can make an API request to the service. +// Each API method takes a input parameter, and returns the service response +// and an error. +// +// The API method will document which error codes the service can be returned +// by the operation if the service models the API operation's errors. These +// errors will also be available as const strings prefixed with "ErrCode". +// +// result, err := svc.AssumeRole(params) +// if err != nil { +// // Cast err to awserr.Error to handle specific error codes. +// aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error) +// if ok && aerr.Code() == { +// // Specific error code handling +// } +// return err +// } +// +// fmt.Println("AssumeRole result:") +// fmt.Println(result) +// +// Using the Client with Context +// +// The service's client also provides methods to make API requests with a Context +// value. This allows you to control the timeout, and cancellation of pending +// requests. These methods also take request Option as variadic parameter to apply +// additional configuration to the API request. +// +// ctx := context.Background() +// +// result, err := svc.AssumeRoleWithContext(ctx, params) +// +// See the request package documentation for more information on using Context pattern +// with the SDK. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/request/ +package sts diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e24884ef3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package sts + +const ( + + // ErrCodeExpiredTokenException for service response error code + // "ExpiredTokenException". + // + // The web identity token that was passed is expired or is not valid. Get a + // new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. + ErrCodeExpiredTokenException = "ExpiredTokenException" + + // ErrCodeIDPCommunicationErrorException for service response error code + // "IDPCommunicationError". + // + // The request could not be fulfilled because the non-AWS identity provider + // (IDP) that was asked to verify the incoming identity token could not be reached. + // This is often a transient error caused by network conditions. Retry the request + // a limited number of times so that you don't exceed the request rate. If the + // error persists, the non-AWS identity provider might be down or not responding. + ErrCodeIDPCommunicationErrorException = "IDPCommunicationError" + + // ErrCodeIDPRejectedClaimException for service response error code + // "IDPRejectedClaim". + // + // The identity provider (IdP) reported that authentication failed. This might + // be because the claim is invalid. + // + // If this error is returned for the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity operation, it + // can also mean that the claim has expired or has been explicitly revoked. + ErrCodeIDPRejectedClaimException = "IDPRejectedClaim" + + // ErrCodeInvalidAuthorizationMessageException for service response error code + // "InvalidAuthorizationMessageException". + // + // The error returned if the message passed to DecodeAuthorizationMessage was + // invalid. This can happen if the token contains invalid characters, such as + // linebreaks. + ErrCodeInvalidAuthorizationMessageException = "InvalidAuthorizationMessageException" + + // ErrCodeInvalidIdentityTokenException for service response error code + // "InvalidIdentityToken". + // + // The web identity token that was passed could not be validated by AWS. Get + // a new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. + ErrCodeInvalidIdentityTokenException = "InvalidIdentityToken" + + // ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException for service response error code + // "MalformedPolicyDocument". + // + // The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error + // message describes the specific error. + ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException = "MalformedPolicyDocument" + + // ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException for service response error code + // "PackedPolicyTooLarge". + // + // The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error + // message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage + // of what the API allows. + ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException = "PackedPolicyTooLarge" + + // ErrCodeRegionDisabledException for service response error code + // "RegionDisabledException". + // + // STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being + // asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM + // console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating + // and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + ErrCodeRegionDisabledException = "RegionDisabledException" +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/service.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ee5839e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/service.go @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package sts + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query" +) + +// STS provides the API operation methods for making requests to +// AWS Security Token Service. See this package's package overview docs +// for details on the service. +// +// STS methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to +// modify mutate any of the struct's properties though. +type STS struct { + *client.Client +} + +// Used for custom client initialization logic +var initClient func(*client.Client) + +// Used for custom request initialization logic +var initRequest func(*request.Request) + +// Service information constants +const ( + ServiceName = "sts" // Service endpoint prefix API calls made to. + EndpointsID = ServiceName // Service ID for Regions and Endpoints metadata. +) + +// New creates a new instance of the STS client with a session. +// If additional configuration is needed for the client instance use the optional +// aws.Config parameter to add your extra config. +// +// Example: +// // Create a STS client from just a session. +// svc := sts.New(mySession) +// +// // Create a STS client with additional configuration +// svc := sts.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2")) +func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *STS { + c := p.ClientConfig(EndpointsID, cfgs...) + return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) +} + +// newClient creates, initializes and returns a new service client instance. +func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *STS { + svc := &STS{ + Client: client.New( + cfg, + metadata.ClientInfo{ + ServiceName: ServiceName, + SigningName: signingName, + SigningRegion: signingRegion, + Endpoint: endpoint, + APIVersion: "2011-06-15", + }, + handlers, + ), + } + + // Handlers + svc.Handlers.Sign.PushBackNamed(v4.SignRequestHandler) + svc.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(query.BuildHandler) + svc.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(query.UnmarshalHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalMeta.PushBackNamed(query.UnmarshalMetaHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBackNamed(query.UnmarshalErrorHandler) + + // Run custom client initialization if present + if initClient != nil { + initClient(svc.Client) + } + + return svc +} + +// newRequest creates a new request for a STS operation and runs any +// custom request initialization. +func (c *STS) newRequest(op *request.Operation, params, data interface{}) *request.Request { + req := c.NewRequest(op, params, data) + + // Run custom request initialization if present + if initRequest != nil { + initRequest(req) + } + + return req +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/.gitignore b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5203bf6e --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +testdata/conf_out.ini +ini.sublime-project +ini.sublime-workspace +testdata/conf_reflect.ini +.idea diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/.travis.yml b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/.travis.yml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65c872bad --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/.travis.yml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +sudo: false +language: go +go: + - 1.4.x + - 1.5.x + - 1.6.x + - 1.7.x + - master + +script: + - go get golang.org/x/tools/cmd/cover + - go get github.com/smartystreets/goconvey + - go test -v -cover -race + +notifications: + email: + - u@gogs.io diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..37ec93a14 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +Apache License +Version 2.0, January 2004 +http://www.apache.org/licenses/ + +TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION + +1. Definitions. + +"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and +distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document. + +"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright +owner that is granting the License. + +"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities +that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with that entity. +For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the power, direct or +indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by +contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the +outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity. + +"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising +permissions granted by this License. + +"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including +but not limited to software source code, documentation source, and configuration +files. + +"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or +translation of a Source form, including but not limited to compiled object code, +generated documentation, and conversions to other media types. + +"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made +available under the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included +in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the Appendix below). + +"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that +is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, +annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as a whole, an +original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License, Derivative Works +shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by +name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof. + +"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version +of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works +thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work +by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit +on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, +"submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent +to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to +communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems, and +issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for +the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication +that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright +owner as "Not a Contribution." + +"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf +of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently +incorporated within the Work. + +2. Grant of Copyright License. + +Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby +grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, +irrevocable copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, +publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the Work and such +Derivative Works in Source or Object form. + +3. Grant of Patent License. + +Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby +grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, +irrevocable (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have +made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where +such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor +that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination +of their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was +submitted. If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a +cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a +Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory +patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License +for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed. + +4. Redistribution. + +You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof +in any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, +provided that You meet the following conditions: + +You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of +this License; and +You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You +changed the files; and +You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, +all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form +of the Work, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the +Derivative Works; and +If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any +Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the +attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices +that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one of the +following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the +Derivative Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along +with the Derivative Works; or, within a display generated by the Derivative +Works, if and wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents of +the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the +License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that +You distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, +provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as +modifying the License. +You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide +additional or different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or +distribution of Your modifications, or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, +provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies +with the conditions stated in this License. + +5. Submission of Contributions. + +Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally submitted +for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and +conditions of this License, without any additional terms or conditions. +Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of +any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding +such Contributions. + +6. Trademarks. + +This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, +service marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for +reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and +reproducing the content of the NOTICE file. + +7. Disclaimer of Warranty. + +Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the +Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, +WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, +including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, +NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are +solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or +redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of +permissions under this License. + +8. Limitation of Liability. + +In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence), +contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate +and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be +liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special, incidental, +or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or +out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to +damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or +any and all other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has +been advised of the possibility of such damages. + +9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. + +While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to +offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or +other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, +in accepting such obligations, You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your +sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other Contributor, and only if You +agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability +incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your +accepting any such warranty or additional liability. + +END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + +APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work + +To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following boilerplate +notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own +identifying information. (Don't include the brackets!) The text should be +enclosed in the appropriate comment syntax for the file format. We also +recommend that a file or class name and description of purpose be included on +the same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier identification within +third-party archives. + + Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] + + Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + You may obtain a copy of the License at + + http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + + Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + limitations under the License. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/Makefile b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac034e525 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +.PHONY: build test bench vet + +build: vet bench + +test: + go test -v -cover -race + +bench: + go test -v -cover -race -test.bench=. -test.benchmem + +vet: + go vet diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/README.md b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/README.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..85947422d --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,740 @@ +INI [![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/go-ini/ini.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/go-ini/ini) [![Sourcegraph](https://sourcegraph.com/github.com/go-ini/ini/-/badge.svg)](https://sourcegraph.com/github.com/go-ini/ini?badge) +=== + +![](https://avatars0.githubusercontent.com/u/10216035?v=3&s=200) + +Package ini provides INI file read and write functionality in Go. + +[简体中文](README_ZH.md) + +## Feature + +- Load multiple data sources(`[]byte`, file and `io.ReadCloser`) with overwrites. +- Read with recursion values. +- Read with parent-child sections. +- Read with auto-increment key names. +- Read with multiple-line values. +- Read with tons of helper methods. +- Read and convert values to Go types. +- Read and **WRITE** comments of sections and keys. +- Manipulate sections, keys and comments with ease. +- Keep sections and keys in order as you parse and save. + +## Installation + +To use a tagged revision: + + go get gopkg.in/ini.v1 + +To use with latest changes: + + go get github.com/go-ini/ini + +Please add `-u` flag to update in the future. + +### Testing + +If you want to test on your machine, please apply `-t` flag: + + go get -t gopkg.in/ini.v1 + +Please add `-u` flag to update in the future. + +## Getting Started + +### Loading from data sources + +A **Data Source** is either raw data in type `[]byte`, a file name with type `string` or `io.ReadCloser`. You can load **as many data sources as you want**. Passing other types will simply return an error. + +```go +cfg, err := ini.Load([]byte("raw data"), "filename", ioutil.NopCloser(bytes.NewReader([]byte("some other data")))) +``` + +Or start with an empty object: + +```go +cfg := ini.Empty() +``` + +When you cannot decide how many data sources to load at the beginning, you will still be able to **Append()** them later. + +```go +err := cfg.Append("other file", []byte("other raw data")) +``` + +If you have a list of files with possibilities that some of them may not available at the time, and you don't know exactly which ones, you can use `LooseLoad` to ignore nonexistent files without returning error. + +```go +cfg, err := ini.LooseLoad("filename", "filename_404") +``` + +The cool thing is, whenever the file is available to load while you're calling `Reload` method, it will be counted as usual. + +#### Ignore cases of key name + +When you do not care about cases of section and key names, you can use `InsensitiveLoad` to force all names to be lowercased while parsing. + +```go +cfg, err := ini.InsensitiveLoad("filename") +//... + +// sec1 and sec2 are the exactly same section object +sec1, err := cfg.GetSection("Section") +sec2, err := cfg.GetSection("SecTIOn") + +// key1 and key2 are the exactly same key object +key1, err := cfg.GetKey("Key") +key2, err := cfg.GetKey("KeY") +``` + +#### MySQL-like boolean key + +MySQL's configuration allows a key without value as follows: + +```ini +[mysqld] +... +skip-host-cache +skip-name-resolve +``` + +By default, this is considered as missing value. But if you know you're going to deal with those cases, you can assign advanced load options: + +```go +cfg, err := LoadSources(LoadOptions{AllowBooleanKeys: true}, "my.cnf")) +``` + +The value of those keys are always `true`, and when you save to a file, it will keep in the same foramt as you read. + +To generate such keys in your program, you could use `NewBooleanKey`: + +```go +key, err := sec.NewBooleanKey("skip-host-cache") +``` + +#### Comment + +Take care that following format will be treated as comment: + +1. Line begins with `#` or `;` +2. Words after `#` or `;` +3. Words after section name (i.e words after `[some section name]`) + +If you want to save a value with `#` or `;`, please quote them with ``` ` ``` or ``` """ ```. + +### Working with sections + +To get a section, you would need to: + +```go +section, err := cfg.GetSection("section name") +``` + +For a shortcut for default section, just give an empty string as name: + +```go +section, err := cfg.GetSection("") +``` + +When you're pretty sure the section exists, following code could make your life easier: + +```go +section := cfg.Section("section name") +``` + +What happens when the section somehow does not exist? Don't panic, it automatically creates and returns a new section to you. + +To create a new section: + +```go +err := cfg.NewSection("new section") +``` + +To get a list of sections or section names: + +```go +sections := cfg.Sections() +names := cfg.SectionStrings() +``` + +### Working with keys + +To get a key under a section: + +```go +key, err := cfg.Section("").GetKey("key name") +``` + +Same rule applies to key operations: + +```go +key := cfg.Section("").Key("key name") +``` + +To check if a key exists: + +```go +yes := cfg.Section("").HasKey("key name") +``` + +To create a new key: + +```go +err := cfg.Section("").NewKey("name", "value") +``` + +To get a list of keys or key names: + +```go +keys := cfg.Section("").Keys() +names := cfg.Section("").KeyStrings() +``` + +To get a clone hash of keys and corresponding values: + +```go +hash := cfg.Section("").KeysHash() +``` + +### Working with values + +To get a string value: + +```go +val := cfg.Section("").Key("key name").String() +``` + +To validate key value on the fly: + +```go +val := cfg.Section("").Key("key name").Validate(func(in string) string { + if len(in) == 0 { + return "default" + } + return in +}) +``` + +If you do not want any auto-transformation (such as recursive read) for the values, you can get raw value directly (this way you get much better performance): + +```go +val := cfg.Section("").Key("key name").Value() +``` + +To check if raw value exists: + +```go +yes := cfg.Section("").HasValue("test value") +``` + +To get value with types: + +```go +// For boolean values: +// true when value is: 1, t, T, TRUE, true, True, YES, yes, Yes, y, ON, on, On +// false when value is: 0, f, F, FALSE, false, False, NO, no, No, n, OFF, off, Off +v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("BOOL").Bool() +v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64").Float64() +v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("INT").Int() +v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64").Int64() +v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT").Uint() +v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64").Uint64() +v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").TimeFormat(time.RFC3339) +v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").Time() // RFC3339 + +v = cfg.Section("").Key("BOOL").MustBool() +v = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64").MustFloat64() +v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT").MustInt() +v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64").MustInt64() +v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT").MustUint() +v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64").MustUint64() +v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").MustTimeFormat(time.RFC3339) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").MustTime() // RFC3339 + +// Methods start with Must also accept one argument for default value +// when key not found or fail to parse value to given type. +// Except method MustString, which you have to pass a default value. + +v = cfg.Section("").Key("String").MustString("default") +v = cfg.Section("").Key("BOOL").MustBool(true) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64").MustFloat64(1.25) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT").MustInt(10) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64").MustInt64(99) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT").MustUint(3) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64").MustUint64(6) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").MustTimeFormat(time.RFC3339, time.Now()) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").MustTime(time.Now()) // RFC3339 +``` + +What if my value is three-line long? + +```ini +[advance] +ADDRESS = """404 road, +NotFound, State, 5000 +Earth""" +``` + +Not a problem! + +```go +cfg.Section("advance").Key("ADDRESS").String() + +/* --- start --- +404 road, +NotFound, State, 5000 +Earth +------ end --- */ +``` + +That's cool, how about continuation lines? + +```ini +[advance] +two_lines = how about \ + continuation lines? +lots_of_lines = 1 \ + 2 \ + 3 \ + 4 +``` + +Piece of cake! + +```go +cfg.Section("advance").Key("two_lines").String() // how about continuation lines? +cfg.Section("advance").Key("lots_of_lines").String() // 1 2 3 4 +``` + +Well, I hate continuation lines, how do I disable that? + +```go +cfg, err := ini.LoadSources(ini.LoadOptions{ + IgnoreContinuation: true, +}, "filename") +``` + +Holy crap! + +Note that single quotes around values will be stripped: + +```ini +foo = "some value" // foo: some value +bar = 'some value' // bar: some value +``` + +That's all? Hmm, no. + +#### Helper methods of working with values + +To get value with given candidates: + +```go +v = cfg.Section("").Key("STRING").In("default", []string{"str", "arr", "types"}) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64").InFloat64(1.1, []float64{1.25, 2.5, 3.75}) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT").InInt(5, []int{10, 20, 30}) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64").InInt64(10, []int64{10, 20, 30}) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT").InUint(4, []int{3, 6, 9}) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64").InUint64(8, []int64{3, 6, 9}) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").InTimeFormat(time.RFC3339, time.Now(), []time.Time{time1, time2, time3}) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").InTime(time.Now(), []time.Time{time1, time2, time3}) // RFC3339 +``` + +Default value will be presented if value of key is not in candidates you given, and default value does not need be one of candidates. + +To validate value in a given range: + +```go +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64").RangeFloat64(0.0, 1.1, 2.2) +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INT").RangeInt(0, 10, 20) +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64").RangeInt64(0, 10, 20) +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT").RangeUint(0, 3, 9) +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64").RangeUint64(0, 3, 9) +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").RangeTimeFormat(time.RFC3339, time.Now(), minTime, maxTime) +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").RangeTime(time.Now(), minTime, maxTime) // RFC3339 +``` + +##### Auto-split values into a slice + +To use zero value of type for invalid inputs: + +```go +// Input: 1.1, 2.2, 3.3, 4.4 -> [1.1 2.2 3.3 4.4] +// Input: how, 2.2, are, you -> [0.0 2.2 0.0 0.0] +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("STRINGS").Strings(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64S").Float64s(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INTS").Ints(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64S").Int64s(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINTS").Uints(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64S").Uint64s(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("TIMES").Times(",") +``` + +To exclude invalid values out of result slice: + +```go +// Input: 1.1, 2.2, 3.3, 4.4 -> [1.1 2.2 3.3 4.4] +// Input: how, 2.2, are, you -> [2.2] +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64S").ValidFloat64s(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INTS").ValidInts(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64S").ValidInt64s(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINTS").ValidUints(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64S").ValidUint64s(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("TIMES").ValidTimes(",") +``` + +Or to return nothing but error when have invalid inputs: + +```go +// Input: 1.1, 2.2, 3.3, 4.4 -> [1.1 2.2 3.3 4.4] +// Input: how, 2.2, are, you -> error +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64S").StrictFloat64s(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INTS").StrictInts(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64S").StrictInt64s(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINTS").StrictUints(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64S").StrictUint64s(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("TIMES").StrictTimes(",") +``` + +### Save your configuration + +Finally, it's time to save your configuration to somewhere. + +A typical way to save configuration is writing it to a file: + +```go +// ... +err = cfg.SaveTo("my.ini") +err = cfg.SaveToIndent("my.ini", "\t") +``` + +Another way to save is writing to a `io.Writer` interface: + +```go +// ... +cfg.WriteTo(writer) +cfg.WriteToIndent(writer, "\t") +``` + +By default, spaces are used to align "=" sign between key and values, to disable that: + +```go +ini.PrettyFormat = false +``` + +## Advanced Usage + +### Recursive Values + +For all value of keys, there is a special syntax `%()s`, where `` is the key name in same section or default section, and `%()s` will be replaced by corresponding value(empty string if key not found). You can use this syntax at most 99 level of recursions. + +```ini +NAME = ini + +[author] +NAME = Unknwon +GITHUB = https://github.com/%(NAME)s + +[package] +FULL_NAME = github.com/go-ini/%(NAME)s +``` + +```go +cfg.Section("author").Key("GITHUB").String() // https://github.com/Unknwon +cfg.Section("package").Key("FULL_NAME").String() // github.com/go-ini/ini +``` + +### Parent-child Sections + +You can use `.` in section name to indicate parent-child relationship between two or more sections. If the key not found in the child section, library will try again on its parent section until there is no parent section. + +```ini +NAME = ini +VERSION = v1 +IMPORT_PATH = gopkg.in/%(NAME)s.%(VERSION)s + +[package] +CLONE_URL = https://%(IMPORT_PATH)s + +[package.sub] +``` + +```go +cfg.Section("package.sub").Key("CLONE_URL").String() // https://gopkg.in/ini.v1 +``` + +#### Retrieve parent keys available to a child section + +```go +cfg.Section("package.sub").ParentKeys() // ["CLONE_URL"] +``` + +### Unparseable Sections + +Sometimes, you have sections that do not contain key-value pairs but raw content, to handle such case, you can use `LoadOptions.UnparsableSections`: + +```go +cfg, err := LoadSources(LoadOptions{UnparseableSections: []string{"COMMENTS"}}, `[COMMENTS] +<1> This slide has the fuel listed in the wrong units `)) + +body := cfg.Section("COMMENTS").Body() + +/* --- start --- +<1> This slide has the fuel listed in the wrong units +------ end --- */ +``` + +### Auto-increment Key Names + +If key name is `-` in data source, then it would be seen as special syntax for auto-increment key name start from 1, and every section is independent on counter. + +```ini +[features] +-: Support read/write comments of keys and sections +-: Support auto-increment of key names +-: Support load multiple files to overwrite key values +``` + +```go +cfg.Section("features").KeyStrings() // []{"#1", "#2", "#3"} +``` + +### Map To Struct + +Want more objective way to play with INI? Cool. + +```ini +Name = Unknwon +age = 21 +Male = true +Born = 1993-01-01T20:17:05Z + +[Note] +Content = Hi is a good man! +Cities = HangZhou, Boston +``` + +```go +type Note struct { + Content string + Cities []string +} + +type Person struct { + Name string + Age int `ini:"age"` + Male bool + Born time.Time + Note + Created time.Time `ini:"-"` +} + +func main() { + cfg, err := ini.Load("path/to/ini") + // ... + p := new(Person) + err = cfg.MapTo(p) + // ... + + // Things can be simpler. + err = ini.MapTo(p, "path/to/ini") + // ... + + // Just map a section? Fine. + n := new(Note) + err = cfg.Section("Note").MapTo(n) + // ... +} +``` + +Can I have default value for field? Absolutely. + +Assign it before you map to struct. It will keep the value as it is if the key is not presented or got wrong type. + +```go +// ... +p := &Person{ + Name: "Joe", +} +// ... +``` + +It's really cool, but what's the point if you can't give me my file back from struct? + +### Reflect From Struct + +Why not? + +```go +type Embeded struct { + Dates []time.Time `delim:"|"` + Places []string `ini:"places,omitempty"` + None []int `ini:",omitempty"` +} + +type Author struct { + Name string `ini:"NAME"` + Male bool + Age int + GPA float64 + NeverMind string `ini:"-"` + *Embeded +} + +func main() { + a := &Author{"Unknwon", true, 21, 2.8, "", + &Embeded{ + []time.Time{time.Now(), time.Now()}, + []string{"HangZhou", "Boston"}, + []int{}, + }} + cfg := ini.Empty() + err = ini.ReflectFrom(cfg, a) + // ... +} +``` + +So, what do I get? + +```ini +NAME = Unknwon +Male = true +Age = 21 +GPA = 2.8 + +[Embeded] +Dates = 2015-08-07T22:14:22+08:00|2015-08-07T22:14:22+08:00 +places = HangZhou,Boston +``` + +#### Name Mapper + +To save your time and make your code cleaner, this library supports [`NameMapper`](https://gowalker.org/gopkg.in/ini.v1#NameMapper) between struct field and actual section and key name. + +There are 2 built-in name mappers: + +- `AllCapsUnderscore`: it converts to format `ALL_CAPS_UNDERSCORE` then match section or key. +- `TitleUnderscore`: it converts to format `title_underscore` then match section or key. + +To use them: + +```go +type Info struct { + PackageName string +} + +func main() { + err = ini.MapToWithMapper(&Info{}, ini.TitleUnderscore, []byte("package_name=ini")) + // ... + + cfg, err := ini.Load([]byte("PACKAGE_NAME=ini")) + // ... + info := new(Info) + cfg.NameMapper = ini.AllCapsUnderscore + err = cfg.MapTo(info) + // ... +} +``` + +Same rules of name mapper apply to `ini.ReflectFromWithMapper` function. + +#### Value Mapper + +To expand values (e.g. from environment variables), you can use the `ValueMapper` to transform values: + +```go +type Env struct { + Foo string `ini:"foo"` +} + +func main() { + cfg, err := ini.Load([]byte("[env]\nfoo = ${MY_VAR}\n") + cfg.ValueMapper = os.ExpandEnv + // ... + env := &Env{} + err = cfg.Section("env").MapTo(env) +} +``` + +This would set the value of `env.Foo` to the value of the environment variable `MY_VAR`. + +#### Other Notes On Map/Reflect + +Any embedded struct is treated as a section by default, and there is no automatic parent-child relations in map/reflect feature: + +```go +type Child struct { + Age string +} + +type Parent struct { + Name string + Child +} + +type Config struct { + City string + Parent +} +``` + +Example configuration: + +```ini +City = Boston + +[Parent] +Name = Unknwon + +[Child] +Age = 21 +``` + +What if, yes, I'm paranoid, I want embedded struct to be in the same section. Well, all roads lead to Rome. + +```go +type Child struct { + Age string +} + +type Parent struct { + Name string + Child `ini:"Parent"` +} + +type Config struct { + City string + Parent +} +``` + +Example configuration: + +```ini +City = Boston + +[Parent] +Name = Unknwon +Age = 21 +``` + +## Getting Help + +- [API Documentation](https://gowalker.org/gopkg.in/ini.v1) +- [File An Issue](https://github.com/go-ini/ini/issues/new) + +## FAQs + +### What does `BlockMode` field do? + +By default, library lets you read and write values so we need a locker to make sure your data is safe. But in cases that you are very sure about only reading data through the library, you can set `cfg.BlockMode = false` to speed up read operations about **50-70%** faster. + +### Why another INI library? + +Many people are using my another INI library [goconfig](https://github.com/Unknwon/goconfig), so the reason for this one is I would like to make more Go style code. Also when you set `cfg.BlockMode = false`, this one is about **10-30%** faster. + +To make those changes I have to confirm API broken, so it's safer to keep it in another place and start using `gopkg.in` to version my package at this time.(PS: shorter import path) + +## License + +This project is under Apache v2 License. See the [LICENSE](LICENSE) file for the full license text. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/README_ZH.md b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/README_ZH.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..163432db9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/README_ZH.md @@ -0,0 +1,727 @@ +本包提供了 Go 语言中读写 INI 文件的功能。 + +## 功能特性 + +- 支持覆盖加载多个数据源（`[]byte`、文件和 `io.ReadCloser`） +- 支持递归读取键值 +- 支持读取父子分区 +- 支持读取自增键名 +- 支持读取多行的键值 +- 支持大量辅助方法 +- 支持在读取时直接转换为 Go 语言类型 +- 支持读取和 **写入** 分区和键的注释 +- 轻松操作分区、键值和注释 +- 在保存文件时分区和键值会保持原有的顺序 + +## 下载安装 + +使用一个特定版本： + + go get gopkg.in/ini.v1 + +使用最新版： + + go get github.com/go-ini/ini + +如需更新请添加 `-u` 选项。 + +### 测试安装 + +如果您想要在自己的机器上运行测试，请使用 `-t` 标记： + + go get -t gopkg.in/ini.v1 + +如需更新请添加 `-u` 选项。 + +## 开始使用 + +### 从数据源加载 + +一个 **数据源** 可以是 `[]byte` 类型的原始数据，`string` 类型的文件路径或 `io.ReadCloser`。您可以加载 **任意多个** 数据源。如果您传递其它类型的数据源，则会直接返回错误。 + +```go +cfg, err := ini.Load([]byte("raw data"), "filename", ioutil.NopCloser(bytes.NewReader([]byte("some other data")))) +``` + +或者从一个空白的文件开始： + +```go +cfg := ini.Empty() +``` + +当您在一开始无法决定需要加载哪些数据源时，仍可以使用 **Append()** 在需要的时候加载它们。 + +```go +err := cfg.Append("other file", []byte("other raw data")) +``` + +当您想要加载一系列文件，但是不能够确定其中哪些文件是不存在的，可以通过调用函数 `LooseLoad` 来忽略它们（`Load` 会因为文件不存在而返回错误）： + +```go +cfg, err := ini.LooseLoad("filename", "filename_404") +``` + +更牛逼的是，当那些之前不存在的文件在重新调用 `Reload` 方法的时候突然出现了，那么它们会被正常加载。 + +#### 忽略键名的大小写 + +有时候分区和键的名称大小写混合非常烦人，这个时候就可以通过 `InsensitiveLoad` 将所有分区和键名在读取里强制转换为小写： + +```go +cfg, err := ini.InsensitiveLoad("filename") +//... + +// sec1 和 sec2 指向同一个分区对象 +sec1, err := cfg.GetSection("Section") +sec2, err := cfg.GetSection("SecTIOn") + +// key1 和 key2 指向同一个键对象 +key1, err := cfg.GetKey("Key") +key2, err := cfg.GetKey("KeY") +``` + +#### 类似 MySQL 配置中的布尔值键 + +MySQL 的配置文件中会出现没有具体值的布尔类型的键： + +```ini +[mysqld] +... +skip-host-cache +skip-name-resolve +``` + +默认情况下这被认为是缺失值而无法完成解析，但可以通过高级的加载选项对它们进行处理： + +```go +cfg, err := LoadSources(LoadOptions{AllowBooleanKeys: true}, "my.cnf")) +``` + +这些键的值永远为 `true`，且在保存到文件时也只会输出键名。 + +如果您想要通过程序来生成此类键，则可以使用 `NewBooleanKey`： + +```go +key, err := sec.NewBooleanKey("skip-host-cache") +``` + +#### 关于注释 + +下述几种情况的内容将被视为注释： + +1. 所有以 `#` 或 `;` 开头的行 +2. 所有在 `#` 或 `;` 之后的内容 +3. 分区标签后的文字 (即 `[分区名]` 之后的内容) + +如果你希望使用包含 `#` 或 `;` 的值，请使用 ``` ` ``` 或 ``` """ ``` 进行包覆。 + +### 操作分区（Section） + +获取指定分区： + +```go +section, err := cfg.GetSection("section name") +``` + +如果您想要获取默认分区，则可以用空字符串代替分区名： + +```go +section, err := cfg.GetSection("") +``` + +当您非常确定某个分区是存在的，可以使用以下简便方法： + +```go +section := cfg.Section("section name") +``` + +如果不小心判断错了，要获取的分区其实是不存在的，那会发生什么呢？没事的，它会自动创建并返回一个对应的分区对象给您。 + +创建一个分区： + +```go +err := cfg.NewSection("new section") +``` + +获取所有分区对象或名称： + +```go +sections := cfg.Sections() +names := cfg.SectionStrings() +``` + +### 操作键（Key） + +获取某个分区下的键： + +```go +key, err := cfg.Section("").GetKey("key name") +``` + +和分区一样，您也可以直接获取键而忽略错误处理： + +```go +key := cfg.Section("").Key("key name") +``` + +判断某个键是否存在： + +```go +yes := cfg.Section("").HasKey("key name") +``` + +创建一个新的键： + +```go +err := cfg.Section("").NewKey("name", "value") +``` + +获取分区下的所有键或键名： + +```go +keys := cfg.Section("").Keys() +names := cfg.Section("").KeyStrings() +``` + +获取分区下的所有键值对的克隆： + +```go +hash := cfg.Section("").KeysHash() +``` + +### 操作键值（Value） + +获取一个类型为字符串（string）的值： + +```go +val := cfg.Section("").Key("key name").String() +``` + +获取值的同时通过自定义函数进行处理验证： + +```go +val := cfg.Section("").Key("key name").Validate(func(in string) string { + if len(in) == 0 { + return "default" + } + return in +}) +``` + +如果您不需要任何对值的自动转变功能（例如递归读取），可以直接获取原值（这种方式性能最佳）： + +```go +val := cfg.Section("").Key("key name").Value() +``` + +判断某个原值是否存在： + +```go +yes := cfg.Section("").HasValue("test value") +``` + +获取其它类型的值： + +```go +// 布尔值的规则： +// true 当值为：1, t, T, TRUE, true, True, YES, yes, Yes, y, ON, on, On +// false 当值为：0, f, F, FALSE, false, False, NO, no, No, n, OFF, off, Off +v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("BOOL").Bool() +v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64").Float64() +v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("INT").Int() +v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64").Int64() +v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT").Uint() +v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64").Uint64() +v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").TimeFormat(time.RFC3339) +v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").Time() // RFC3339 + +v = cfg.Section("").Key("BOOL").MustBool() +v = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64").MustFloat64() +v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT").MustInt() +v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64").MustInt64() +v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT").MustUint() +v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64").MustUint64() +v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").MustTimeFormat(time.RFC3339) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").MustTime() // RFC3339 + +// 由 Must 开头的方法名允许接收一个相同类型的参数来作为默认值， +// 当键不存在或者转换失败时，则会直接返回该默认值。 +// 但是，MustString 方法必须传递一个默认值。 + +v = cfg.Seciont("").Key("String").MustString("default") +v = cfg.Section("").Key("BOOL").MustBool(true) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64").MustFloat64(1.25) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT").MustInt(10) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64").MustInt64(99) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT").MustUint(3) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64").MustUint64(6) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").MustTimeFormat(time.RFC3339, time.Now()) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").MustTime(time.Now()) // RFC3339 +``` + +如果我的值有好多行怎么办？ + +```ini +[advance] +ADDRESS = """404 road, +NotFound, State, 5000 +Earth""" +``` + +嗯哼？小 case！ + +```go +cfg.Section("advance").Key("ADDRESS").String() + +/* --- start --- +404 road, +NotFound, State, 5000 +Earth +------ end --- */ +``` + +赞爆了！那要是我属于一行的内容写不下想要写到第二行怎么办？ + +```ini +[advance] +two_lines = how about \ + continuation lines? +lots_of_lines = 1 \ + 2 \ + 3 \ + 4 +``` + +简直是小菜一碟！ + +```go +cfg.Section("advance").Key("two_lines").String() // how about continuation lines? +cfg.Section("advance").Key("lots_of_lines").String() // 1 2 3 4 +``` + +可是我有时候觉得两行连在一起特别没劲，怎么才能不自动连接两行呢？ + +```go +cfg, err := ini.LoadSources(ini.LoadOptions{ + IgnoreContinuation: true, +}, "filename") +``` + +哇靠给力啊！ + +需要注意的是，值两侧的单引号会被自动剔除： + +```ini +foo = "some value" // foo: some value +bar = 'some value' // bar: some value +``` + +这就是全部了？哈哈，当然不是。 + +#### 操作键值的辅助方法 + +获取键值时设定候选值： + +```go +v = cfg.Section("").Key("STRING").In("default", []string{"str", "arr", "types"}) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64").InFloat64(1.1, []float64{1.25, 2.5, 3.75}) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT").InInt(5, []int{10, 20, 30}) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64").InInt64(10, []int64{10, 20, 30}) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT").InUint(4, []int{3, 6, 9}) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64").InUint64(8, []int64{3, 6, 9}) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").InTimeFormat(time.RFC3339, time.Now(), []time.Time{time1, time2, time3}) +v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").InTime(time.Now(), []time.Time{time1, time2, time3}) // RFC3339 +``` + +如果获取到的值不是候选值的任意一个，则会返回默认值，而默认值不需要是候选值中的一员。 + +验证获取的值是否在指定范围内： + +```go +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64").RangeFloat64(0.0, 1.1, 2.2) +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INT").RangeInt(0, 10, 20) +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64").RangeInt64(0, 10, 20) +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT").RangeUint(0, 3, 9) +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64").RangeUint64(0, 3, 9) +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").RangeTimeFormat(time.RFC3339, time.Now(), minTime, maxTime) +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").RangeTime(time.Now(), minTime, maxTime) // RFC3339 +``` + +##### 自动分割键值到切片（slice） + +当存在无效输入时，使用零值代替： + +```go +// Input: 1.1, 2.2, 3.3, 4.4 -> [1.1 2.2 3.3 4.4] +// Input: how, 2.2, are, you -> [0.0 2.2 0.0 0.0] +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("STRINGS").Strings(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64S").Float64s(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INTS").Ints(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64S").Int64s(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINTS").Uints(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64S").Uint64s(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("TIMES").Times(",") +``` + +从结果切片中剔除无效输入： + +```go +// Input: 1.1, 2.2, 3.3, 4.4 -> [1.1 2.2 3.3 4.4] +// Input: how, 2.2, are, you -> [2.2] +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64S").ValidFloat64s(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INTS").ValidInts(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64S").ValidInt64s(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINTS").ValidUints(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64S").ValidUint64s(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("TIMES").ValidTimes(",") +``` + +当存在无效输入时，直接返回错误： + +```go +// Input: 1.1, 2.2, 3.3, 4.4 -> [1.1 2.2 3.3 4.4] +// Input: how, 2.2, are, you -> error +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64S").StrictFloat64s(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INTS").StrictInts(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64S").StrictInt64s(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINTS").StrictUints(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64S").StrictUint64s(",") +vals = cfg.Section("").Key("TIMES").StrictTimes(",") +``` + +### 保存配置 + +终于到了这个时刻，是时候保存一下配置了。 + +比较原始的做法是输出配置到某个文件： + +```go +// ... +err = cfg.SaveTo("my.ini") +err = cfg.SaveToIndent("my.ini", "\t") +``` + +另一个比较高级的做法是写入到任何实现 `io.Writer` 接口的对象中： + +```go +// ... +cfg.WriteTo(writer) +cfg.WriteToIndent(writer, "\t") +``` + +默认情况下，空格将被用于对齐键值之间的等号以美化输出结果，以下代码可以禁用该功能： + +```go +ini.PrettyFormat = false +``` + +## 高级用法 + +### 递归读取键值 + +在获取所有键值的过程中，特殊语法 `%()s` 会被应用，其中 `` 可以是相同分区或者默认分区下的键名。字符串 `%()s` 会被相应的键值所替代，如果指定的键不存在，则会用空字符串替代。您可以最多使用 99 层的递归嵌套。 + +```ini +NAME = ini + +[author] +NAME = Unknwon +GITHUB = https://github.com/%(NAME)s + +[package] +FULL_NAME = github.com/go-ini/%(NAME)s +``` + +```go +cfg.Section("author").Key("GITHUB").String() // https://github.com/Unknwon +cfg.Section("package").Key("FULL_NAME").String() // github.com/go-ini/ini +``` + +### 读取父子分区 + +您可以在分区名称中使用 `.` 来表示两个或多个分区之间的父子关系。如果某个键在子分区中不存在，则会去它的父分区中再次寻找，直到没有父分区为止。 + +```ini +NAME = ini +VERSION = v1 +IMPORT_PATH = gopkg.in/%(NAME)s.%(VERSION)s + +[package] +CLONE_URL = https://%(IMPORT_PATH)s + +[package.sub] +``` + +```go +cfg.Section("package.sub").Key("CLONE_URL").String() // https://gopkg.in/ini.v1 +``` + +#### 获取上级父分区下的所有键名 + +```go +cfg.Section("package.sub").ParentKeys() // ["CLONE_URL"] +``` + +### 无法解析的分区 + +如果遇到一些比较特殊的分区，它们不包含常见的键值对，而是没有固定格式的纯文本，则可以使用 `LoadOptions.UnparsableSections` 进行处理： + +```go +cfg, err := LoadSources(LoadOptions{UnparseableSections: []string{"COMMENTS"}}, `[COMMENTS] +<1> This slide has the fuel listed in the wrong units `)) + +body := cfg.Section("COMMENTS").Body() + +/* --- start --- +<1> This slide has the fuel listed in the wrong units +------ end --- */ +``` + +### 读取自增键名 + +如果数据源中的键名为 `-`，则认为该键使用了自增键名的特殊语法。计数器从 1 开始，并且分区之间是相互独立的。 + +```ini +[features] +-: Support read/write comments of keys and sections +-: Support auto-increment of key names +-: Support load multiple files to overwrite key values +``` + +```go +cfg.Section("features").KeyStrings() // []{"#1", "#2", "#3"} +``` + +### 映射到结构 + +想要使用更加面向对象的方式玩转 INI 吗？好主意。 + +```ini +Name = Unknwon +age = 21 +Male = true +Born = 1993-01-01T20:17:05Z + +[Note] +Content = Hi is a good man! +Cities = HangZhou, Boston +``` + +```go +type Note struct { + Content string + Cities []string +} + +type Person struct { + Name string + Age int `ini:"age"` + Male bool + Born time.Time + Note + Created time.Time `ini:"-"` +} + +func main() { + cfg, err := ini.Load("path/to/ini") + // ... + p := new(Person) + err = cfg.MapTo(p) + // ... + + // 一切竟可以如此的简单。 + err = ini.MapTo(p, "path/to/ini") + // ... + + // 嗯哼？只需要映射一个分区吗？ + n := new(Note) + err = cfg.Section("Note").MapTo(n) + // ... +} +``` + +结构的字段怎么设置默认值呢？很简单，只要在映射之前对指定字段进行赋值就可以了。如果键未找到或者类型错误，该值不会发生改变。 + +```go +// ... +p := &Person{ + Name: "Joe", +} +// ... +``` + +这样玩 INI 真的好酷啊！然而，如果不能还给我原来的配置文件，有什么卵用？ + +### 从结构反射 + +可是，我有说不能吗？ + +```go +type Embeded struct { + Dates []time.Time `delim:"|"` + Places []string `ini:"places,omitempty"` + None []int `ini:",omitempty"` +} + +type Author struct { + Name string `ini:"NAME"` + Male bool + Age int + GPA float64 + NeverMind string `ini:"-"` + *Embeded +} + +func main() { + a := &Author{"Unknwon", true, 21, 2.8, "", + &Embeded{ + []time.Time{time.Now(), time.Now()}, + []string{"HangZhou", "Boston"}, + []int{}, + }} + cfg := ini.Empty() + err = ini.ReflectFrom(cfg, a) + // ... +} +``` + +瞧瞧，奇迹发生了。 + +```ini +NAME = Unknwon +Male = true +Age = 21 +GPA = 2.8 + +[Embeded] +Dates = 2015-08-07T22:14:22+08:00|2015-08-07T22:14:22+08:00 +places = HangZhou,Boston +``` + +#### 名称映射器（Name Mapper） + +为了节省您的时间并简化代码，本库支持类型为 [`NameMapper`](https://gowalker.org/gopkg.in/ini.v1#NameMapper) 的名称映射器，该映射器负责结构字段名与分区名和键名之间的映射。 + +目前有 2 款内置的映射器： + +- `AllCapsUnderscore`：该映射器将字段名转换至格式 `ALL_CAPS_UNDERSCORE` 后再去匹配分区名和键名。 +- `TitleUnderscore`：该映射器将字段名转换至格式 `title_underscore` 后再去匹配分区名和键名。 + +使用方法： + +```go +type Info struct{ + PackageName string +} + +func main() { + err = ini.MapToWithMapper(&Info{}, ini.TitleUnderscore, []byte("package_name=ini")) + // ... + + cfg, err := ini.Load([]byte("PACKAGE_NAME=ini")) + // ... + info := new(Info) + cfg.NameMapper = ini.AllCapsUnderscore + err = cfg.MapTo(info) + // ... +} +``` + +使用函数 `ini.ReflectFromWithMapper` 时也可应用相同的规则。 + +#### 值映射器（Value Mapper） + +值映射器允许使用一个自定义函数自动展开值的具体内容，例如：运行时获取环境变量： + +```go +type Env struct { + Foo string `ini:"foo"` +} + +func main() { + cfg, err := ini.Load([]byte("[env]\nfoo = ${MY_VAR}\n") + cfg.ValueMapper = os.ExpandEnv + // ... + env := &Env{} + err = cfg.Section("env").MapTo(env) +} +``` + +本例中，`env.Foo` 将会是运行时所获取到环境变量 `MY_VAR` 的值。 + +#### 映射/反射的其它说明 + +任何嵌入的结构都会被默认认作一个不同的分区，并且不会自动产生所谓的父子分区关联： + +```go +type Child struct { + Age string +} + +type Parent struct { + Name string + Child +} + +type Config struct { + City string + Parent +} +``` + +示例配置文件： + +```ini +City = Boston + +[Parent] +Name = Unknwon + +[Child] +Age = 21 +``` + +很好，但是，我就是要嵌入结构也在同一个分区。好吧，你爹是李刚！ + +```go +type Child struct { + Age string +} + +type Parent struct { + Name string + Child `ini:"Parent"` +} + +type Config struct { + City string + Parent +} +``` + +示例配置文件： + +```ini +City = Boston + +[Parent] +Name = Unknwon +Age = 21 +``` + +## 获取帮助 + +- [API 文档](https://gowalker.org/gopkg.in/ini.v1) +- [创建工单](https://github.com/go-ini/ini/issues/new) + +## 常见问题 + +### 字段 `BlockMode` 是什么？ + +默认情况下，本库会在您进行读写操作时采用锁机制来确保数据时间。但在某些情况下，您非常确定只进行读操作。此时，您可以通过设置 `cfg.BlockMode = false` 来将读操作提升大约 **50-70%** 的性能。 + +### 为什么要写另一个 INI 解析库？ + +许多人都在使用我的 [goconfig](https://github.com/Unknwon/goconfig) 来完成对 INI 文件的操作，但我希望使用更加 Go 风格的代码。并且当您设置 `cfg.BlockMode = false` 时，会有大约 **10-30%** 的性能提升。 + +为了做出这些改变，我必须对 API 进行破坏，所以新开一个仓库是最安全的做法。除此之外，本库直接使用 `gopkg.in` 来进行版本化发布。（其实真相是导入路径更短了） diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/error.go b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/error.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..80afe7431 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/error.go @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +// Copyright 2016 Unknwon +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"): you may +// not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain +// a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT +// WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the +// License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations +// under the License. + +package ini + +import ( + "fmt" +) + +type ErrDelimiterNotFound struct { + Line string +} + +func IsErrDelimiterNotFound(err error) bool { + _, ok := err.(ErrDelimiterNotFound) + return ok +} + +func (err ErrDelimiterNotFound) Error() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("key-value delimiter not found: %s", err.Line) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/ini.go b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/ini.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5211d5abc --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/ini.go @@ -0,0 +1,556 @@ +// Copyright 2014 Unknwon +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"): you may +// not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain +// a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT +// WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the +// License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations +// under the License. + +// Package ini provides INI file read and write functionality in Go. +package ini + +import ( + "bytes" + "errors" + "fmt" + "io" + "io/ioutil" + "os" + "regexp" + "runtime" + "strconv" + "strings" + "sync" + "time" +) + +const ( + // Name for default section. You can use this constant or the string literal. + // In most of cases, an empty string is all you need to access the section. + DEFAULT_SECTION = "DEFAULT" + + // Maximum allowed depth when recursively substituing variable names. + _DEPTH_VALUES = 99 + _VERSION = "1.27.0" +) + +// Version returns current package version literal. +func Version() string { + return _VERSION +} + +var ( + // Delimiter to determine or compose a new line. + // This variable will be changed to "\r\n" automatically on Windows + // at package init time. + LineBreak = "\n" + + // Variable regexp pattern: %(variable)s + varPattern = regexp.MustCompile(`%\(([^\)]+)\)s`) + + // Indicate whether to align "=" sign with spaces to produce pretty output + // or reduce all possible spaces for compact format. + PrettyFormat = true + + // Explicitly write DEFAULT section header + DefaultHeader = false +) + +func init() { + if runtime.GOOS == "windows" { + LineBreak = "\r\n" + } +} + +func inSlice(str string, s []string) bool { + for _, v := range s { + if str == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// dataSource is an interface that returns object which can be read and closed. +type dataSource interface { + ReadCloser() (io.ReadCloser, error) +} + +// sourceFile represents an object that contains content on the local file system. +type sourceFile struct { + name string +} + +func (s sourceFile) ReadCloser() (_ io.ReadCloser, err error) { + return os.Open(s.name) +} + +type bytesReadCloser struct { + reader io.Reader +} + +func (rc *bytesReadCloser) Read(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + return rc.reader.Read(p) +} + +func (rc *bytesReadCloser) Close() error { + return nil +} + +// sourceData represents an object that contains content in memory. +type sourceData struct { + data []byte +} + +func (s *sourceData) ReadCloser() (io.ReadCloser, error) { + return ioutil.NopCloser(bytes.NewReader(s.data)), nil +} + +// sourceReadCloser represents an input stream with Close method. +type sourceReadCloser struct { + reader io.ReadCloser +} + +func (s *sourceReadCloser) ReadCloser() (io.ReadCloser, error) { + return s.reader, nil +} + +// File represents a combination of a or more INI file(s) in memory. +type File struct { + // Should make things safe, but sometimes doesn't matter. + BlockMode bool + // Make sure data is safe in multiple goroutines. + lock sync.RWMutex + + // Allow combination of multiple data sources. + dataSources []dataSource + // Actual data is stored here. + sections map[string]*Section + + // To keep data in order. + sectionList []string + + options LoadOptions + + NameMapper + ValueMapper +} + +// newFile initializes File object with given data sources. +func newFile(dataSources []dataSource, opts LoadOptions) *File { + return &File{ + BlockMode: true, + dataSources: dataSources, + sections: make(map[string]*Section), + sectionList: make([]string, 0, 10), + options: opts, + } +} + +func parseDataSource(source interface{}) (dataSource, error) { + switch s := source.(type) { + case string: + return sourceFile{s}, nil + case []byte: + return &sourceData{s}, nil + case io.ReadCloser: + return &sourceReadCloser{s}, nil + default: + return nil, fmt.Errorf("error parsing data source: unknown type '%s'", s) + } +} + +type LoadOptions struct { + // Loose indicates whether the parser should ignore nonexistent files or return error. + Loose bool + // Insensitive indicates whether the parser forces all section and key names to lowercase. + Insensitive bool + // IgnoreContinuation indicates whether to ignore continuation lines while parsing. + IgnoreContinuation bool + // IgnoreInlineComment indicates whether to ignore comments at the end of value and treat it as part of value. + IgnoreInlineComment bool + // AllowBooleanKeys indicates whether to allow boolean type keys or treat as value is missing. + // This type of keys are mostly used in my.cnf. + AllowBooleanKeys bool + // AllowShadows indicates whether to keep track of keys with same name under same section. + AllowShadows bool + // Some INI formats allow group blocks that store a block of raw content that doesn't otherwise + // conform to key/value pairs. Specify the names of those blocks here. + UnparseableSections []string +} + +func LoadSources(opts LoadOptions, source interface{}, others ...interface{}) (_ *File, err error) { + sources := make([]dataSource, len(others)+1) + sources[0], err = parseDataSource(source) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + for i := range others { + sources[i+1], err = parseDataSource(others[i]) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } + f := newFile(sources, opts) + if err = f.Reload(); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return f, nil +} + +// Load loads and parses from INI data sources. +// Arguments can be mixed of file name with string type, or raw data in []byte. +// It will return error if list contains nonexistent files. +func Load(source interface{}, others ...interface{}) (*File, error) { + return LoadSources(LoadOptions{}, source, others...) +} + +// LooseLoad has exactly same functionality as Load function +// except it ignores nonexistent files instead of returning error. +func LooseLoad(source interface{}, others ...interface{}) (*File, error) { + return LoadSources(LoadOptions{Loose: true}, source, others...) +} + +// InsensitiveLoad has exactly same functionality as Load function +// except it forces all section and key names to be lowercased. +func InsensitiveLoad(source interface{}, others ...interface{}) (*File, error) { + return LoadSources(LoadOptions{Insensitive: true}, source, others...) +} + +// InsensitiveLoad has exactly same functionality as Load function +// except it allows have shadow keys. +func ShadowLoad(source interface{}, others ...interface{}) (*File, error) { + return LoadSources(LoadOptions{AllowShadows: true}, source, others...) +} + +// Empty returns an empty file object. +func Empty() *File { + // Ignore error here, we sure our data is good. + f, _ := Load([]byte("")) + return f +} + +// NewSection creates a new section. +func (f *File) NewSection(name string) (*Section, error) { + if len(name) == 0 { + return nil, errors.New("error creating new section: empty section name") + } else if f.options.Insensitive && name != DEFAULT_SECTION { + name = strings.ToLower(name) + } + + if f.BlockMode { + f.lock.Lock() + defer f.lock.Unlock() + } + + if inSlice(name, f.sectionList) { + return f.sections[name], nil + } + + f.sectionList = append(f.sectionList, name) + f.sections[name] = newSection(f, name) + return f.sections[name], nil +} + +// NewRawSection creates a new section with an unparseable body. +func (f *File) NewRawSection(name, body string) (*Section, error) { + section, err := f.NewSection(name) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + section.isRawSection = true + section.rawBody = body + return section, nil +} + +// NewSections creates a list of sections. +func (f *File) NewSections(names ...string) (err error) { + for _, name := range names { + if _, err = f.NewSection(name); err != nil { + return err + } + } + return nil +} + +// GetSection returns section by given name. +func (f *File) GetSection(name string) (*Section, error) { + if len(name) == 0 { + name = DEFAULT_SECTION + } else if f.options.Insensitive { + name = strings.ToLower(name) + } + + if f.BlockMode { + f.lock.RLock() + defer f.lock.RUnlock() + } + + sec := f.sections[name] + if sec == nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("section '%s' does not exist", name) + } + return sec, nil +} + +// Section assumes named section exists and returns a zero-value when not. +func (f *File) Section(name string) *Section { + sec, err := f.GetSection(name) + if err != nil { + // Note: It's OK here because the only possible error is empty section name, + // but if it's empty, this piece of code won't be executed. + sec, _ = f.NewSection(name) + return sec + } + return sec +} + +// Section returns list of Section. +func (f *File) Sections() []*Section { + sections := make([]*Section, len(f.sectionList)) + for i := range f.sectionList { + sections[i] = f.Section(f.sectionList[i]) + } + return sections +} + +// ChildSections returns a list of child sections of given section name. +func (f *File) ChildSections(name string) []*Section { + return f.Section(name).ChildSections() +} + +// SectionStrings returns list of section names. +func (f *File) SectionStrings() []string { + list := make([]string, len(f.sectionList)) + copy(list, f.sectionList) + return list +} + +// DeleteSection deletes a section. +func (f *File) DeleteSection(name string) { + if f.BlockMode { + f.lock.Lock() + defer f.lock.Unlock() + } + + if len(name) == 0 { + name = DEFAULT_SECTION + } + + for i, s := range f.sectionList { + if s == name { + f.sectionList = append(f.sectionList[:i], f.sectionList[i+1:]...) + delete(f.sections, name) + return + } + } +} + +func (f *File) reload(s dataSource) error { + r, err := s.ReadCloser() + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer r.Close() + + return f.parse(r) +} + +// Reload reloads and parses all data sources. +func (f *File) Reload() (err error) { + for _, s := range f.dataSources { + if err = f.reload(s); err != nil { + // In loose mode, we create an empty default section for nonexistent files. + if os.IsNotExist(err) && f.options.Loose { + f.parse(bytes.NewBuffer(nil)) + continue + } + return err + } + } + return nil +} + +// Append appends one or more data sources and reloads automatically. +func (f *File) Append(source interface{}, others ...interface{}) error { + ds, err := parseDataSource(source) + if err != nil { + return err + } + f.dataSources = append(f.dataSources, ds) + for _, s := range others { + ds, err = parseDataSource(s) + if err != nil { + return err + } + f.dataSources = append(f.dataSources, ds) + } + return f.Reload() +} + +// WriteToIndent writes content into io.Writer with given indention. +// If PrettyFormat has been set to be true, +// it will align "=" sign with spaces under each section. +func (f *File) WriteToIndent(w io.Writer, indent string) (n int64, err error) { + equalSign := "=" + if PrettyFormat { + equalSign = " = " + } + + // Use buffer to make sure target is safe until finish encoding. + buf := bytes.NewBuffer(nil) + for i, sname := range f.sectionList { + sec := f.Section(sname) + if len(sec.Comment) > 0 { + if sec.Comment[0] != '#' && sec.Comment[0] != ';' { + sec.Comment = "; " + sec.Comment + } + if _, err = buf.WriteString(sec.Comment + LineBreak); err != nil { + return 0, err + } + } + + if i > 0 || DefaultHeader { + if _, err = buf.WriteString("[" + sname + "]" + LineBreak); err != nil { + return 0, err + } + } else { + // Write nothing if default section is empty + if len(sec.keyList) == 0 { + continue + } + } + + if sec.isRawSection { + if _, err = buf.WriteString(sec.rawBody); err != nil { + return 0, err + } + continue + } + + // Count and generate alignment length and buffer spaces using the + // longest key. Keys may be modifed if they contain certain characters so + // we need to take that into account in our calculation. + alignLength := 0 + if PrettyFormat { + for _, kname := range sec.keyList { + keyLength := len(kname) + // First case will surround key by ` and second by """ + if strings.ContainsAny(kname, "\"=:") { + keyLength += 2 + } else if strings.Contains(kname, "`") { + keyLength += 6 + } + + if keyLength > alignLength { + alignLength = keyLength + } + } + } + alignSpaces := bytes.Repeat([]byte(" "), alignLength) + + KEY_LIST: + for _, kname := range sec.keyList { + key := sec.Key(kname) + if len(key.Comment) > 0 { + if len(indent) > 0 && sname != DEFAULT_SECTION { + buf.WriteString(indent) + } + if key.Comment[0] != '#' && key.Comment[0] != ';' { + key.Comment = "; " + key.Comment + } + if _, err = buf.WriteString(key.Comment + LineBreak); err != nil { + return 0, err + } + } + + if len(indent) > 0 && sname != DEFAULT_SECTION { + buf.WriteString(indent) + } + + switch { + case key.isAutoIncrement: + kname = "-" + case strings.ContainsAny(kname, "\"=:"): + kname = "`" + kname + "`" + case strings.Contains(kname, "`"): + kname = `"""` + kname + `"""` + } + + for _, val := range key.ValueWithShadows() { + if _, err = buf.WriteString(kname); err != nil { + return 0, err + } + + if key.isBooleanType { + if kname != sec.keyList[len(sec.keyList)-1] { + buf.WriteString(LineBreak) + } + continue KEY_LIST + } + + // Write out alignment spaces before "=" sign + if PrettyFormat { + buf.Write(alignSpaces[:alignLength-len(kname)]) + } + + // In case key value contains "\n", "`", "\"", "#" or ";" + if strings.ContainsAny(val, "\n`") { + val = `"""` + val + `"""` + } else if strings.ContainsAny(val, "#;") { + val = "`" + val + "`" + } + if _, err = buf.WriteString(equalSign + val + LineBreak); err != nil { + return 0, err + } + } + } + + // Put a line between sections + if _, err = buf.WriteString(LineBreak); err != nil { + return 0, err + } + } + + return buf.WriteTo(w) +} + +// WriteTo writes file content into io.Writer. +func (f *File) WriteTo(w io.Writer) (int64, error) { + return f.WriteToIndent(w, "") +} + +// SaveToIndent writes content to file system with given value indention. +func (f *File) SaveToIndent(filename, indent string) error { + // Note: Because we are truncating with os.Create, + // so it's safer to save to a temporary file location and rename afte done. + tmpPath := filename + "." + strconv.Itoa(time.Now().Nanosecond()) + ".tmp" + defer os.Remove(tmpPath) + + fw, err := os.Create(tmpPath) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + if _, err = f.WriteToIndent(fw, indent); err != nil { + fw.Close() + return err + } + fw.Close() + + // Remove old file and rename the new one. + os.Remove(filename) + return os.Rename(tmpPath, filename) +} + +// SaveTo writes content to file system. +func (f *File) SaveTo(filename string) error { + return f.SaveToIndent(filename, "") +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/key.go b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/key.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..838356af0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/key.go @@ -0,0 +1,699 @@ +// Copyright 2014 Unknwon +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"): you may +// not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain +// a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT +// WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the +// License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations +// under the License. + +package ini + +import ( + "errors" + "fmt" + "strconv" + "strings" + "time" +) + +// Key represents a key under a section. +type Key struct { + s *Section + name string + value string + isAutoIncrement bool + isBooleanType bool + + isShadow bool + shadows []*Key + + Comment string +} + +// newKey simply return a key object with given values. +func newKey(s *Section, name, val string) *Key { + return &Key{ + s: s, + name: name, + value: val, + } +} + +func (k *Key) addShadow(val string) error { + if k.isShadow { + return errors.New("cannot add shadow to another shadow key") + } else if k.isAutoIncrement || k.isBooleanType { + return errors.New("cannot add shadow to auto-increment or boolean key") + } + + shadow := newKey(k.s, k.name, val) + shadow.isShadow = true + k.shadows = append(k.shadows, shadow) + return nil +} + +// AddShadow adds a new shadow key to itself. +func (k *Key) AddShadow(val string) error { + if !k.s.f.options.AllowShadows { + return errors.New("shadow key is not allowed") + } + return k.addShadow(val) +} + +// ValueMapper represents a mapping function for values, e.g. os.ExpandEnv +type ValueMapper func(string) string + +// Name returns name of key. +func (k *Key) Name() string { + return k.name +} + +// Value returns raw value of key for performance purpose. +func (k *Key) Value() string { + return k.value +} + +// ValueWithShadows returns raw values of key and its shadows if any. +func (k *Key) ValueWithShadows() []string { + if len(k.shadows) == 0 { + return []string{k.value} + } + vals := make([]string, len(k.shadows)+1) + vals[0] = k.value + for i := range k.shadows { + vals[i+1] = k.shadows[i].value + } + return vals +} + +// transformValue takes a raw value and transforms to its final string. +func (k *Key) transformValue(val string) string { + if k.s.f.ValueMapper != nil { + val = k.s.f.ValueMapper(val) + } + + // Fail-fast if no indicate char found for recursive value + if !strings.Contains(val, "%") { + return val + } + for i := 0; i < _DEPTH_VALUES; i++ { + vr := varPattern.FindString(val) + if len(vr) == 0 { + break + } + + // Take off leading '%(' and trailing ')s'. + noption := strings.TrimLeft(vr, "%(") + noption = strings.TrimRight(noption, ")s") + + // Search in the same section. + nk, err := k.s.GetKey(noption) + if err != nil { + // Search again in default section. + nk, _ = k.s.f.Section("").GetKey(noption) + } + + // Substitute by new value and take off leading '%(' and trailing ')s'. + val = strings.Replace(val, vr, nk.value, -1) + } + return val +} + +// String returns string representation of value. +func (k *Key) String() string { + return k.transformValue(k.value) +} + +// Validate accepts a validate function which can +// return modifed result as key value. +func (k *Key) Validate(fn func(string) string) string { + return fn(k.String()) +} + +// parseBool returns the boolean value represented by the string. +// +// It accepts 1, t, T, TRUE, true, True, YES, yes, Yes, y, ON, on, On, +// 0, f, F, FALSE, false, False, NO, no, No, n, OFF, off, Off. +// Any other value returns an error. +func parseBool(str string) (value bool, err error) { + switch str { + case "1", "t", "T", "true", "TRUE", "True", "YES", "yes", "Yes", "y", "ON", "on", "On": + return true, nil + case "0", "f", "F", "false", "FALSE", "False", "NO", "no", "No", "n", "OFF", "off", "Off": + return false, nil + } + return false, fmt.Errorf("parsing \"%s\": invalid syntax", str) +} + +// Bool returns bool type value. +func (k *Key) Bool() (bool, error) { + return parseBool(k.String()) +} + +// Float64 returns float64 type value. +func (k *Key) Float64() (float64, error) { + return strconv.ParseFloat(k.String(), 64) +} + +// Int returns int type value. +func (k *Key) Int() (int, error) { + return strconv.Atoi(k.String()) +} + +// Int64 returns int64 type value. +func (k *Key) Int64() (int64, error) { + return strconv.ParseInt(k.String(), 10, 64) +} + +// Uint returns uint type valued. +func (k *Key) Uint() (uint, error) { + u, e := strconv.ParseUint(k.String(), 10, 64) + return uint(u), e +} + +// Uint64 returns uint64 type value. +func (k *Key) Uint64() (uint64, error) { + return strconv.ParseUint(k.String(), 10, 64) +} + +// Duration returns time.Duration type value. +func (k *Key) Duration() (time.Duration, error) { + return time.ParseDuration(k.String()) +} + +// TimeFormat parses with given format and returns time.Time type value. +func (k *Key) TimeFormat(format string) (time.Time, error) { + return time.Parse(format, k.String()) +} + +// Time parses with RFC3339 format and returns time.Time type value. +func (k *Key) Time() (time.Time, error) { + return k.TimeFormat(time.RFC3339) +} + +// MustString returns default value if key value is empty. +func (k *Key) MustString(defaultVal string) string { + val := k.String() + if len(val) == 0 { + k.value = defaultVal + return defaultVal + } + return val +} + +// MustBool always returns value without error, +// it returns false if error occurs. +func (k *Key) MustBool(defaultVal ...bool) bool { + val, err := k.Bool() + if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil { + k.value = strconv.FormatBool(defaultVal[0]) + return defaultVal[0] + } + return val +} + +// MustFloat64 always returns value without error, +// it returns 0.0 if error occurs. +func (k *Key) MustFloat64(defaultVal ...float64) float64 { + val, err := k.Float64() + if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil { + k.value = strconv.FormatFloat(defaultVal[0], 'f', -1, 64) + return defaultVal[0] + } + return val +} + +// MustInt always returns value without error, +// it returns 0 if error occurs. +func (k *Key) MustInt(defaultVal ...int) int { + val, err := k.Int() + if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil { + k.value = strconv.FormatInt(int64(defaultVal[0]), 10) + return defaultVal[0] + } + return val +} + +// MustInt64 always returns value without error, +// it returns 0 if error occurs. +func (k *Key) MustInt64(defaultVal ...int64) int64 { + val, err := k.Int64() + if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil { + k.value = strconv.FormatInt(defaultVal[0], 10) + return defaultVal[0] + } + return val +} + +// MustUint always returns value without error, +// it returns 0 if error occurs. +func (k *Key) MustUint(defaultVal ...uint) uint { + val, err := k.Uint() + if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil { + k.value = strconv.FormatUint(uint64(defaultVal[0]), 10) + return defaultVal[0] + } + return val +} + +// MustUint64 always returns value without error, +// it returns 0 if error occurs. +func (k *Key) MustUint64(defaultVal ...uint64) uint64 { + val, err := k.Uint64() + if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil { + k.value = strconv.FormatUint(defaultVal[0], 10) + return defaultVal[0] + } + return val +} + +// MustDuration always returns value without error, +// it returns zero value if error occurs. +func (k *Key) MustDuration(defaultVal ...time.Duration) time.Duration { + val, err := k.Duration() + if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil { + k.value = defaultVal[0].String() + return defaultVal[0] + } + return val +} + +// MustTimeFormat always parses with given format and returns value without error, +// it returns zero value if error occurs. +func (k *Key) MustTimeFormat(format string, defaultVal ...time.Time) time.Time { + val, err := k.TimeFormat(format) + if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil { + k.value = defaultVal[0].Format(format) + return defaultVal[0] + } + return val +} + +// MustTime always parses with RFC3339 format and returns value without error, +// it returns zero value if error occurs. +func (k *Key) MustTime(defaultVal ...time.Time) time.Time { + return k.MustTimeFormat(time.RFC3339, defaultVal...) +} + +// In always returns value without error, +// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates. +func (k *Key) In(defaultVal string, candidates []string) string { + val := k.String() + for _, cand := range candidates { + if val == cand { + return val + } + } + return defaultVal +} + +// InFloat64 always returns value without error, +// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates. +func (k *Key) InFloat64(defaultVal float64, candidates []float64) float64 { + val := k.MustFloat64() + for _, cand := range candidates { + if val == cand { + return val + } + } + return defaultVal +} + +// InInt always returns value without error, +// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates. +func (k *Key) InInt(defaultVal int, candidates []int) int { + val := k.MustInt() + for _, cand := range candidates { + if val == cand { + return val + } + } + return defaultVal +} + +// InInt64 always returns value without error, +// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates. +func (k *Key) InInt64(defaultVal int64, candidates []int64) int64 { + val := k.MustInt64() + for _, cand := range candidates { + if val == cand { + return val + } + } + return defaultVal +} + +// InUint always returns value without error, +// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates. +func (k *Key) InUint(defaultVal uint, candidates []uint) uint { + val := k.MustUint() + for _, cand := range candidates { + if val == cand { + return val + } + } + return defaultVal +} + +// InUint64 always returns value without error, +// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates. +func (k *Key) InUint64(defaultVal uint64, candidates []uint64) uint64 { + val := k.MustUint64() + for _, cand := range candidates { + if val == cand { + return val + } + } + return defaultVal +} + +// InTimeFormat always parses with given format and returns value without error, +// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates. +func (k *Key) InTimeFormat(format string, defaultVal time.Time, candidates []time.Time) time.Time { + val := k.MustTimeFormat(format) + for _, cand := range candidates { + if val == cand { + return val + } + } + return defaultVal +} + +// InTime always parses with RFC3339 format and returns value without error, +// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates. +func (k *Key) InTime(defaultVal time.Time, candidates []time.Time) time.Time { + return k.InTimeFormat(time.RFC3339, defaultVal, candidates) +} + +// RangeFloat64 checks if value is in given range inclusively, +// and returns default value if it's not. +func (k *Key) RangeFloat64(defaultVal, min, max float64) float64 { + val := k.MustFloat64() + if val < min || val > max { + return defaultVal + } + return val +} + +// RangeInt checks if value is in given range inclusively, +// and returns default value if it's not. +func (k *Key) RangeInt(defaultVal, min, max int) int { + val := k.MustInt() + if val < min || val > max { + return defaultVal + } + return val +} + +// RangeInt64 checks if value is in given range inclusively, +// and returns default value if it's not. +func (k *Key) RangeInt64(defaultVal, min, max int64) int64 { + val := k.MustInt64() + if val < min || val > max { + return defaultVal + } + return val +} + +// RangeTimeFormat checks if value with given format is in given range inclusively, +// and returns default value if it's not. +func (k *Key) RangeTimeFormat(format string, defaultVal, min, max time.Time) time.Time { + val := k.MustTimeFormat(format) + if val.Unix() < min.Unix() || val.Unix() > max.Unix() { + return defaultVal + } + return val +} + +// RangeTime checks if value with RFC3339 format is in given range inclusively, +// and returns default value if it's not. +func (k *Key) RangeTime(defaultVal, min, max time.Time) time.Time { + return k.RangeTimeFormat(time.RFC3339, defaultVal, min, max) +} + +// Strings returns list of string divided by given delimiter. +func (k *Key) Strings(delim string) []string { + str := k.String() + if len(str) == 0 { + return []string{} + } + + vals := strings.Split(str, delim) + for i := range vals { + // vals[i] = k.transformValue(strings.TrimSpace(vals[i])) + vals[i] = strings.TrimSpace(vals[i]) + } + return vals +} + +// StringsWithShadows returns list of string divided by given delimiter. +// Shadows will also be appended if any. +func (k *Key) StringsWithShadows(delim string) []string { + vals := k.ValueWithShadows() + results := make([]string, 0, len(vals)*2) + for i := range vals { + if len(vals) == 0 { + continue + } + + results = append(results, strings.Split(vals[i], delim)...) + } + + for i := range results { + results[i] = k.transformValue(strings.TrimSpace(results[i])) + } + return results +} + +// Float64s returns list of float64 divided by given delimiter. Any invalid input will be treated as zero value. +func (k *Key) Float64s(delim string) []float64 { + vals, _ := k.parseFloat64s(k.Strings(delim), true, false) + return vals +} + +// Ints returns list of int divided by given delimiter. Any invalid input will be treated as zero value. +func (k *Key) Ints(delim string) []int { + vals, _ := k.parseInts(k.Strings(delim), true, false) + return vals +} + +// Int64s returns list of int64 divided by given delimiter. Any invalid input will be treated as zero value. +func (k *Key) Int64s(delim string) []int64 { + vals, _ := k.parseInt64s(k.Strings(delim), true, false) + return vals +} + +// Uints returns list of uint divided by given delimiter. Any invalid input will be treated as zero value. +func (k *Key) Uints(delim string) []uint { + vals, _ := k.parseUints(k.Strings(delim), true, false) + return vals +} + +// Uint64s returns list of uint64 divided by given delimiter. Any invalid input will be treated as zero value. +func (k *Key) Uint64s(delim string) []uint64 { + vals, _ := k.parseUint64s(k.Strings(delim), true, false) + return vals +} + +// TimesFormat parses with given format and returns list of time.Time divided by given delimiter. +// Any invalid input will be treated as zero value (0001-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 UTC). +func (k *Key) TimesFormat(format, delim string) []time.Time { + vals, _ := k.parseTimesFormat(format, k.Strings(delim), true, false) + return vals +} + +// Times parses with RFC3339 format and returns list of time.Time divided by given delimiter. +// Any invalid input will be treated as zero value (0001-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 UTC). +func (k *Key) Times(delim string) []time.Time { + return k.TimesFormat(time.RFC3339, delim) +} + +// ValidFloat64s returns list of float64 divided by given delimiter. If some value is not float, then +// it will not be included to result list. +func (k *Key) ValidFloat64s(delim string) []float64 { + vals, _ := k.parseFloat64s(k.Strings(delim), false, false) + return vals +} + +// ValidInts returns list of int divided by given delimiter. If some value is not integer, then it will +// not be included to result list. +func (k *Key) ValidInts(delim string) []int { + vals, _ := k.parseInts(k.Strings(delim), false, false) + return vals +} + +// ValidInt64s returns list of int64 divided by given delimiter. If some value is not 64-bit integer, +// then it will not be included to result list. +func (k *Key) ValidInt64s(delim string) []int64 { + vals, _ := k.parseInt64s(k.Strings(delim), false, false) + return vals +} + +// ValidUints returns list of uint divided by given delimiter. If some value is not unsigned integer, +// then it will not be included to result list. +func (k *Key) ValidUints(delim string) []uint { + vals, _ := k.parseUints(k.Strings(delim), false, false) + return vals +} + +// ValidUint64s returns list of uint64 divided by given delimiter. If some value is not 64-bit unsigned +// integer, then it will not be included to result list. +func (k *Key) ValidUint64s(delim string) []uint64 { + vals, _ := k.parseUint64s(k.Strings(delim), false, false) + return vals +} + +// ValidTimesFormat parses with given format and returns list of time.Time divided by given delimiter. +func (k *Key) ValidTimesFormat(format, delim string) []time.Time { + vals, _ := k.parseTimesFormat(format, k.Strings(delim), false, false) + return vals +} + +// ValidTimes parses with RFC3339 format and returns list of time.Time divided by given delimiter. +func (k *Key) ValidTimes(delim string) []time.Time { + return k.ValidTimesFormat(time.RFC3339, delim) +} + +// StrictFloat64s returns list of float64 divided by given delimiter or error on first invalid input. +func (k *Key) StrictFloat64s(delim string) ([]float64, error) { + return k.parseFloat64s(k.Strings(delim), false, true) +} + +// StrictInts returns list of int divided by given delimiter or error on first invalid input. +func (k *Key) StrictInts(delim string) ([]int, error) { + return k.parseInts(k.Strings(delim), false, true) +} + +// StrictInt64s returns list of int64 divided by given delimiter or error on first invalid input. +func (k *Key) StrictInt64s(delim string) ([]int64, error) { + return k.parseInt64s(k.Strings(delim), false, true) +} + +// StrictUints returns list of uint divided by given delimiter or error on first invalid input. +func (k *Key) StrictUints(delim string) ([]uint, error) { + return k.parseUints(k.Strings(delim), false, true) +} + +// StrictUint64s returns list of uint64 divided by given delimiter or error on first invalid input. +func (k *Key) StrictUint64s(delim string) ([]uint64, error) { + return k.parseUint64s(k.Strings(delim), false, true) +} + +// StrictTimesFormat parses with given format and returns list of time.Time divided by given delimiter +// or error on first invalid input. +func (k *Key) StrictTimesFormat(format, delim string) ([]time.Time, error) { + return k.parseTimesFormat(format, k.Strings(delim), false, true) +} + +// StrictTimes parses with RFC3339 format and returns list of time.Time divided by given delimiter +// or error on first invalid input. +func (k *Key) StrictTimes(delim string) ([]time.Time, error) { + return k.StrictTimesFormat(time.RFC3339, delim) +} + +// parseFloat64s transforms strings to float64s. +func (k *Key) parseFloat64s(strs []string, addInvalid, returnOnInvalid bool) ([]float64, error) { + vals := make([]float64, 0, len(strs)) + for _, str := range strs { + val, err := strconv.ParseFloat(str, 64) + if err != nil && returnOnInvalid { + return nil, err + } + if err == nil || addInvalid { + vals = append(vals, val) + } + } + return vals, nil +} + +// parseInts transforms strings to ints. +func (k *Key) parseInts(strs []string, addInvalid, returnOnInvalid bool) ([]int, error) { + vals := make([]int, 0, len(strs)) + for _, str := range strs { + val, err := strconv.Atoi(str) + if err != nil && returnOnInvalid { + return nil, err + } + if err == nil || addInvalid { + vals = append(vals, val) + } + } + return vals, nil +} + +// parseInt64s transforms strings to int64s. +func (k *Key) parseInt64s(strs []string, addInvalid, returnOnInvalid bool) ([]int64, error) { + vals := make([]int64, 0, len(strs)) + for _, str := range strs { + val, err := strconv.ParseInt(str, 10, 64) + if err != nil && returnOnInvalid { + return nil, err + } + if err == nil || addInvalid { + vals = append(vals, val) + } + } + return vals, nil +} + +// parseUints transforms strings to uints. +func (k *Key) parseUints(strs []string, addInvalid, returnOnInvalid bool) ([]uint, error) { + vals := make([]uint, 0, len(strs)) + for _, str := range strs { + val, err := strconv.ParseUint(str, 10, 0) + if err != nil && returnOnInvalid { + return nil, err + } + if err == nil || addInvalid { + vals = append(vals, uint(val)) + } + } + return vals, nil +} + +// parseUint64s transforms strings to uint64s. +func (k *Key) parseUint64s(strs []string, addInvalid, returnOnInvalid bool) ([]uint64, error) { + vals := make([]uint64, 0, len(strs)) + for _, str := range strs { + val, err := strconv.ParseUint(str, 10, 64) + if err != nil && returnOnInvalid { + return nil, err + } + if err == nil || addInvalid { + vals = append(vals, val) + } + } + return vals, nil +} + +// parseTimesFormat transforms strings to times in given format. +func (k *Key) parseTimesFormat(format string, strs []string, addInvalid, returnOnInvalid bool) ([]time.Time, error) { + vals := make([]time.Time, 0, len(strs)) + for _, str := range strs { + val, err := time.Parse(format, str) + if err != nil && returnOnInvalid { + return nil, err + } + if err == nil || addInvalid { + vals = append(vals, val) + } + } + return vals, nil +} + +// SetValue changes key value. +func (k *Key) SetValue(v string) { + if k.s.f.BlockMode { + k.s.f.lock.Lock() + defer k.s.f.lock.Unlock() + } + + k.value = v + k.s.keysHash[k.name] = v +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/parser.go b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/parser.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c0b10745 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/parser.go @@ -0,0 +1,361 @@ +// Copyright 2015 Unknwon +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"): you may +// not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain +// a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT +// WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the +// License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations +// under the License. + +package ini + +import ( + "bufio" + "bytes" + "fmt" + "io" + "strconv" + "strings" + "unicode" +) + +type tokenType int + +const ( + _TOKEN_INVALID tokenType = iota + _TOKEN_COMMENT + _TOKEN_SECTION + _TOKEN_KEY +) + +type parser struct { + buf *bufio.Reader + isEOF bool + count int + comment *bytes.Buffer +} + +func newParser(r io.Reader) *parser { + return &parser{ + buf: bufio.NewReader(r), + count: 1, + comment: &bytes.Buffer{}, + } +} + +// BOM handles header of UTF-8, UTF-16 LE and UTF-16 BE's BOM format. +// http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Byte_order_mark#Representations_of_byte_order_marks_by_encoding +func (p *parser) BOM() error { + mask, err := p.buf.Peek(2) + if err != nil && err != io.EOF { + return err + } else if len(mask) < 2 { + return nil + } + + switch { + case mask[0] == 254 && mask[1] == 255: + fallthrough + case mask[0] == 255 && mask[1] == 254: + p.buf.Read(mask) + case mask[0] == 239 && mask[1] == 187: + mask, err := p.buf.Peek(3) + if err != nil && err != io.EOF { + return err + } else if len(mask) < 3 { + return nil + } + if mask[2] == 191 { + p.buf.Read(mask) + } + } + return nil +} + +func (p *parser) readUntil(delim byte) ([]byte, error) { + data, err := p.buf.ReadBytes(delim) + if err != nil { + if err == io.EOF { + p.isEOF = true + } else { + return nil, err + } + } + return data, nil +} + +func cleanComment(in []byte) ([]byte, bool) { + i := bytes.IndexAny(in, "#;") + if i == -1 { + return nil, false + } + return in[i:], true +} + +func readKeyName(in []byte) (string, int, error) { + line := string(in) + + // Check if key name surrounded by quotes. + var keyQuote string + if line[0] == '"' { + if len(line) > 6 && string(line[0:3]) == `"""` { + keyQuote = `"""` + } else { + keyQuote = `"` + } + } else if line[0] == '`' { + keyQuote = "`" + } + + // Get out key name + endIdx := -1 + if len(keyQuote) > 0 { + startIdx := len(keyQuote) + // FIXME: fail case -> """"""name"""=value + pos := strings.Index(line[startIdx:], keyQuote) + if pos == -1 { + return "", -1, fmt.Errorf("missing closing key quote: %s", line) + } + pos += startIdx + + // Find key-value delimiter + i := strings.IndexAny(line[pos+startIdx:], "=:") + if i < 0 { + return "", -1, ErrDelimiterNotFound{line} + } + endIdx = pos + i + return strings.TrimSpace(line[startIdx:pos]), endIdx + startIdx + 1, nil + } + + endIdx = strings.IndexAny(line, "=:") + if endIdx < 0 { + return "", -1, ErrDelimiterNotFound{line} + } + return strings.TrimSpace(line[0:endIdx]), endIdx + 1, nil +} + +func (p *parser) readMultilines(line, val, valQuote string) (string, error) { + for { + data, err := p.readUntil('\n') + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + next := string(data) + + pos := strings.LastIndex(next, valQuote) + if pos > -1 { + val += next[:pos] + + comment, has := cleanComment([]byte(next[pos:])) + if has { + p.comment.Write(bytes.TrimSpace(comment)) + } + break + } + val += next + if p.isEOF { + return "", fmt.Errorf("missing closing key quote from '%s' to '%s'", line, next) + } + } + return val, nil +} + +func (p *parser) readContinuationLines(val string) (string, error) { + for { + data, err := p.readUntil('\n') + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + next := strings.TrimSpace(string(data)) + + if len(next) == 0 { + break + } + val += next + if val[len(val)-1] != '\\' { + break + } + val = val[:len(val)-1] + } + return val, nil +} + +// hasSurroundedQuote check if and only if the first and last characters +// are quotes \" or \'. +// It returns false if any other parts also contain same kind of quotes. +func hasSurroundedQuote(in string, quote byte) bool { + return len(in) > 2 && in[0] == quote && in[len(in)-1] == quote && + strings.IndexByte(in[1:], quote) == len(in)-2 +} + +func (p *parser) readValue(in []byte, ignoreContinuation, ignoreInlineComment bool) (string, error) { + line := strings.TrimLeftFunc(string(in), unicode.IsSpace) + if len(line) == 0 { + return "", nil + } + + var valQuote string + if len(line) > 3 && string(line[0:3]) == `"""` { + valQuote = `"""` + } else if line[0] == '`' { + valQuote = "`" + } + + if len(valQuote) > 0 { + startIdx := len(valQuote) + pos := strings.LastIndex(line[startIdx:], valQuote) + // Check for multi-line value + if pos == -1 { + return p.readMultilines(line, line[startIdx:], valQuote) + } + + return line[startIdx : pos+startIdx], nil + } + + // Won't be able to reach here if value only contains whitespace + line = strings.TrimSpace(line) + + // Check continuation lines when desired + if !ignoreContinuation && line[len(line)-1] == '\\' { + return p.readContinuationLines(line[:len(line)-1]) + } + + // Check if ignore inline comment + if !ignoreInlineComment { + i := strings.IndexAny(line, "#;") + if i > -1 { + p.comment.WriteString(line[i:]) + line = strings.TrimSpace(line[:i]) + } + } + + // Trim single quotes + if hasSurroundedQuote(line, '\'') || + hasSurroundedQuote(line, '"') { + line = line[1 : len(line)-1] + } + return line, nil +} + +// parse parses data through an io.Reader. +func (f *File) parse(reader io.Reader) (err error) { + p := newParser(reader) + if err = p.BOM(); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("BOM: %v", err) + } + + // Ignore error because default section name is never empty string. + section, _ := f.NewSection(DEFAULT_SECTION) + + var line []byte + var inUnparseableSection bool + for !p.isEOF { + line, err = p.readUntil('\n') + if err != nil { + return err + } + + line = bytes.TrimLeftFunc(line, unicode.IsSpace) + if len(line) == 0 { + continue + } + + // Comments + if line[0] == '#' || line[0] == ';' { + // Note: we do not care ending line break, + // it is needed for adding second line, + // so just clean it once at the end when set to value. + p.comment.Write(line) + continue + } + + // Section + if line[0] == '[' { + // Read to the next ']' (TODO: support quoted strings) + // TODO(unknwon): use LastIndexByte when stop supporting Go1.4 + closeIdx := bytes.LastIndex(line, []byte("]")) + if closeIdx == -1 { + return fmt.Errorf("unclosed section: %s", line) + } + + name := string(line[1:closeIdx]) + section, err = f.NewSection(name) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + comment, has := cleanComment(line[closeIdx+1:]) + if has { + p.comment.Write(comment) + } + + section.Comment = strings.TrimSpace(p.comment.String()) + + // Reset aotu-counter and comments + p.comment.Reset() + p.count = 1 + + inUnparseableSection = false + for i := range f.options.UnparseableSections { + if f.options.UnparseableSections[i] == name || + (f.options.Insensitive && strings.ToLower(f.options.UnparseableSections[i]) == strings.ToLower(name)) { + inUnparseableSection = true + continue + } + } + continue + } + + if inUnparseableSection { + section.isRawSection = true + section.rawBody += string(line) + continue + } + + kname, offset, err := readKeyName(line) + if err != nil { + // Treat as boolean key when desired, and whole line is key name. + if IsErrDelimiterNotFound(err) && f.options.AllowBooleanKeys { + kname, err := p.readValue(line, f.options.IgnoreContinuation, f.options.IgnoreInlineComment) + if err != nil { + return err + } + key, err := section.NewBooleanKey(kname) + if err != nil { + return err + } + key.Comment = strings.TrimSpace(p.comment.String()) + p.comment.Reset() + continue + } + return err + } + + // Auto increment. + isAutoIncr := false + if kname == "-" { + isAutoIncr = true + kname = "#" + strconv.Itoa(p.count) + p.count++ + } + + value, err := p.readValue(line[offset:], f.options.IgnoreContinuation, f.options.IgnoreInlineComment) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + key, err := section.NewKey(kname, value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + key.isAutoIncrement = isAutoIncr + key.Comment = strings.TrimSpace(p.comment.String()) + p.comment.Reset() + } + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/section.go b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/section.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..94f7375ed --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/section.go @@ -0,0 +1,248 @@ +// Copyright 2014 Unknwon +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"): you may +// not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain +// a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT +// WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the +// License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations +// under the License. + +package ini + +import ( + "errors" + "fmt" + "strings" +) + +// Section represents a config section. +type Section struct { + f *File + Comment string + name string + keys map[string]*Key + keyList []string + keysHash map[string]string + + isRawSection bool + rawBody string +} + +func newSection(f *File, name string) *Section { + return &Section{ + f: f, + name: name, + keys: make(map[string]*Key), + keyList: make([]string, 0, 10), + keysHash: make(map[string]string), + } +} + +// Name returns name of Section. +func (s *Section) Name() string { + return s.name +} + +// Body returns rawBody of Section if the section was marked as unparseable. +// It still follows the other rules of the INI format surrounding leading/trailing whitespace. +func (s *Section) Body() string { + return strings.TrimSpace(s.rawBody) +} + +// NewKey creates a new key to given section. +func (s *Section) NewKey(name, val string) (*Key, error) { + if len(name) == 0 { + return nil, errors.New("error creating new key: empty key name") + } else if s.f.options.Insensitive { + name = strings.ToLower(name) + } + + if s.f.BlockMode { + s.f.lock.Lock() + defer s.f.lock.Unlock() + } + + if inSlice(name, s.keyList) { + if s.f.options.AllowShadows { + if err := s.keys[name].addShadow(val); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } else { + s.keys[name].value = val + } + return s.keys[name], nil + } + + s.keyList = append(s.keyList, name) + s.keys[name] = newKey(s, name, val) + s.keysHash[name] = val + return s.keys[name], nil +} + +// NewBooleanKey creates a new boolean type key to given section. +func (s *Section) NewBooleanKey(name string) (*Key, error) { + key, err := s.NewKey(name, "true") + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + key.isBooleanType = true + return key, nil +} + +// GetKey returns key in section by given name. +func (s *Section) GetKey(name string) (*Key, error) { + // FIXME: change to section level lock? + if s.f.BlockMode { + s.f.lock.RLock() + } + if s.f.options.Insensitive { + name = strings.ToLower(name) + } + key := s.keys[name] + if s.f.BlockMode { + s.f.lock.RUnlock() + } + + if key == nil { + // Check if it is a child-section. + sname := s.name + for { + if i := strings.LastIndex(sname, "."); i > -1 { + sname = sname[:i] + sec, err := s.f.GetSection(sname) + if err != nil { + continue + } + return sec.GetKey(name) + } else { + break + } + } + return nil, fmt.Errorf("error when getting key of section '%s': key '%s' not exists", s.name, name) + } + return key, nil +} + +// HasKey returns true if section contains a key with given name. +func (s *Section) HasKey(name string) bool { + key, _ := s.GetKey(name) + return key != nil +} + +// Haskey is a backwards-compatible name for HasKey. +func (s *Section) Haskey(name string) bool { + return s.HasKey(name) +} + +// HasValue returns true if section contains given raw value. +func (s *Section) HasValue(value string) bool { + if s.f.BlockMode { + s.f.lock.RLock() + defer s.f.lock.RUnlock() + } + + for _, k := range s.keys { + if value == k.value { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Key assumes named Key exists in section and returns a zero-value when not. +func (s *Section) Key(name string) *Key { + key, err := s.GetKey(name) + if err != nil { + // It's OK here because the only possible error is empty key name, + // but if it's empty, this piece of code won't be executed. + key, _ = s.NewKey(name, "") + return key + } + return key +} + +// Keys returns list of keys of section. +func (s *Section) Keys() []*Key { + keys := make([]*Key, len(s.keyList)) + for i := range s.keyList { + keys[i] = s.Key(s.keyList[i]) + } + return keys +} + +// ParentKeys returns list of keys of parent section. +func (s *Section) ParentKeys() []*Key { + var parentKeys []*Key + sname := s.name + for { + if i := strings.LastIndex(sname, "."); i > -1 { + sname = sname[:i] + sec, err := s.f.GetSection(sname) + if err != nil { + continue + } + parentKeys = append(parentKeys, sec.Keys()...) + } else { + break + } + + } + return parentKeys +} + +// KeyStrings returns list of key names of section. +func (s *Section) KeyStrings() []string { + list := make([]string, len(s.keyList)) + copy(list, s.keyList) + return list +} + +// KeysHash returns keys hash consisting of names and values. +func (s *Section) KeysHash() map[string]string { + if s.f.BlockMode { + s.f.lock.RLock() + defer s.f.lock.RUnlock() + } + + hash := map[string]string{} + for key, value := range s.keysHash { + hash[key] = value + } + return hash +} + +// DeleteKey deletes a key from section. +func (s *Section) DeleteKey(name string) { + if s.f.BlockMode { + s.f.lock.Lock() + defer s.f.lock.Unlock() + } + + for i, k := range s.keyList { + if k == name { + s.keyList = append(s.keyList[:i], s.keyList[i+1:]...) + delete(s.keys, name) + return + } + } +} + +// ChildSections returns a list of child sections of current section. +// For example, "[parent.child1]" and "[parent.child12]" are child sections +// of section "[parent]". +func (s *Section) ChildSections() []*Section { + prefix := s.name + "." + children := make([]*Section, 0, 3) + for _, name := range s.f.sectionList { + if strings.HasPrefix(name, prefix) { + children = append(children, s.f.sections[name]) + } + } + return children +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/struct.go b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/struct.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..031c78b8e --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/struct.go @@ -0,0 +1,450 @@ +// Copyright 2014 Unknwon +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"): you may +// not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain +// a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT +// WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the +// License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations +// under the License. + +package ini + +import ( + "bytes" + "errors" + "fmt" + "reflect" + "strings" + "time" + "unicode" +) + +// NameMapper represents a ini tag name mapper. +type NameMapper func(string) string + +// Built-in name getters. +var ( + // AllCapsUnderscore converts to format ALL_CAPS_UNDERSCORE. + AllCapsUnderscore NameMapper = func(raw string) string { + newstr := make([]rune, 0, len(raw)) + for i, chr := range raw { + if isUpper := 'A' <= chr && chr <= 'Z'; isUpper { + if i > 0 { + newstr = append(newstr, '_') + } + } + newstr = append(newstr, unicode.ToUpper(chr)) + } + return string(newstr) + } + // TitleUnderscore converts to format title_underscore. + TitleUnderscore NameMapper = func(raw string) string { + newstr := make([]rune, 0, len(raw)) + for i, chr := range raw { + if isUpper := 'A' <= chr && chr <= 'Z'; isUpper { + if i > 0 { + newstr = append(newstr, '_') + } + chr -= ('A' - 'a') + } + newstr = append(newstr, chr) + } + return string(newstr) + } +) + +func (s *Section) parseFieldName(raw, actual string) string { + if len(actual) > 0 { + return actual + } + if s.f.NameMapper != nil { + return s.f.NameMapper(raw) + } + return raw +} + +func parseDelim(actual string) string { + if len(actual) > 0 { + return actual + } + return "," +} + +var reflectTime = reflect.TypeOf(time.Now()).Kind() + +// setSliceWithProperType sets proper values to slice based on its type. +func setSliceWithProperType(key *Key, field reflect.Value, delim string, allowShadow bool) error { + var strs []string + if allowShadow { + strs = key.StringsWithShadows(delim) + } else { + strs = key.Strings(delim) + } + + numVals := len(strs) + if numVals == 0 { + return nil + } + + var vals interface{} + + sliceOf := field.Type().Elem().Kind() + switch sliceOf { + case reflect.String: + vals = strs + case reflect.Int: + vals, _ = key.parseInts(strs, true, false) + case reflect.Int64: + vals, _ = key.parseInt64s(strs, true, false) + case reflect.Uint: + vals, _ = key.parseUints(strs, true, false) + case reflect.Uint64: + vals, _ = key.parseUint64s(strs, true, false) + case reflect.Float64: + vals, _ = key.parseFloat64s(strs, true, false) + case reflectTime: + vals, _ = key.parseTimesFormat(time.RFC3339, strs, true, false) + default: + return fmt.Errorf("unsupported type '[]%s'", sliceOf) + } + + slice := reflect.MakeSlice(field.Type(), numVals, numVals) + for i := 0; i < numVals; i++ { + switch sliceOf { + case reflect.String: + slice.Index(i).Set(reflect.ValueOf(vals.([]string)[i])) + case reflect.Int: + slice.Index(i).Set(reflect.ValueOf(vals.([]int)[i])) + case reflect.Int64: + slice.Index(i).Set(reflect.ValueOf(vals.([]int64)[i])) + case reflect.Uint: + slice.Index(i).Set(reflect.ValueOf(vals.([]uint)[i])) + case reflect.Uint64: + slice.Index(i).Set(reflect.ValueOf(vals.([]uint64)[i])) + case reflect.Float64: + slice.Index(i).Set(reflect.ValueOf(vals.([]float64)[i])) + case reflectTime: + slice.Index(i).Set(reflect.ValueOf(vals.([]time.Time)[i])) + } + } + field.Set(slice) + return nil +} + +// setWithProperType sets proper value to field based on its type, +// but it does not return error for failing parsing, +// because we want to use default value that is already assigned to strcut. +func setWithProperType(t reflect.Type, key *Key, field reflect.Value, delim string, allowShadow bool) error { + switch t.Kind() { + case reflect.String: + if len(key.String()) == 0 { + return nil + } + field.SetString(key.String()) + case reflect.Bool: + boolVal, err := key.Bool() + if err != nil { + return nil + } + field.SetBool(boolVal) + case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64: + durationVal, err := key.Duration() + // Skip zero value + if err == nil && int(durationVal) > 0 { + field.Set(reflect.ValueOf(durationVal)) + return nil + } + + intVal, err := key.Int64() + if err != nil || intVal == 0 { + return nil + } + field.SetInt(intVal) + // byte is an alias for uint8, so supporting uint8 breaks support for byte + case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64: + durationVal, err := key.Duration() + // Skip zero value + if err == nil && int(durationVal) > 0 { + field.Set(reflect.ValueOf(durationVal)) + return nil + } + + uintVal, err := key.Uint64() + if err != nil { + return nil + } + field.SetUint(uintVal) + + case reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64: + floatVal, err := key.Float64() + if err != nil { + return nil + } + field.SetFloat(floatVal) + case reflectTime: + timeVal, err := key.Time() + if err != nil { + return nil + } + field.Set(reflect.ValueOf(timeVal)) + case reflect.Slice: + return setSliceWithProperType(key, field, delim, allowShadow) + default: + return fmt.Errorf("unsupported type '%s'", t) + } + return nil +} + +func parseTagOptions(tag string) (rawName string, omitEmpty bool, allowShadow bool) { + opts := strings.SplitN(tag, ",", 3) + rawName = opts[0] + if len(opts) > 1 { + omitEmpty = opts[1] == "omitempty" + } + if len(opts) > 2 { + allowShadow = opts[2] == "allowshadow" + } + return rawName, omitEmpty, allowShadow +} + +func (s *Section) mapTo(val reflect.Value) error { + if val.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + val = val.Elem() + } + typ := val.Type() + + for i := 0; i < typ.NumField(); i++ { + field := val.Field(i) + tpField := typ.Field(i) + + tag := tpField.Tag.Get("ini") + if tag == "-" { + continue + } + + rawName, _, allowShadow := parseTagOptions(tag) + fieldName := s.parseFieldName(tpField.Name, rawName) + if len(fieldName) == 0 || !field.CanSet() { + continue + } + + isAnonymous := tpField.Type.Kind() == reflect.Ptr && tpField.Anonymous + isStruct := tpField.Type.Kind() == reflect.Struct + if isAnonymous { + field.Set(reflect.New(tpField.Type.Elem())) + } + + if isAnonymous || isStruct { + if sec, err := s.f.GetSection(fieldName); err == nil { + if err = sec.mapTo(field); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("error mapping field(%s): %v", fieldName, err) + } + continue + } + } + + if key, err := s.GetKey(fieldName); err == nil { + delim := parseDelim(tpField.Tag.Get("delim")) + if err = setWithProperType(tpField.Type, key, field, delim, allowShadow); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("error mapping field(%s): %v", fieldName, err) + } + } + } + return nil +} + +// MapTo maps section to given struct. +func (s *Section) MapTo(v interface{}) error { + typ := reflect.TypeOf(v) + val := reflect.ValueOf(v) + if typ.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + typ = typ.Elem() + val = val.Elem() + } else { + return errors.New("cannot map to non-pointer struct") + } + + return s.mapTo(val) +} + +// MapTo maps file to given struct. +func (f *File) MapTo(v interface{}) error { + return f.Section("").MapTo(v) +} + +// MapTo maps data sources to given struct with name mapper. +func MapToWithMapper(v interface{}, mapper NameMapper, source interface{}, others ...interface{}) error { + cfg, err := Load(source, others...) + if err != nil { + return err + } + cfg.NameMapper = mapper + return cfg.MapTo(v) +} + +// MapTo maps data sources to given struct. +func MapTo(v, source interface{}, others ...interface{}) error { + return MapToWithMapper(v, nil, source, others...) +} + +// reflectSliceWithProperType does the opposite thing as setSliceWithProperType. +func reflectSliceWithProperType(key *Key, field reflect.Value, delim string) error { + slice := field.Slice(0, field.Len()) + if field.Len() == 0 { + return nil + } + + var buf bytes.Buffer + sliceOf := field.Type().Elem().Kind() + for i := 0; i < field.Len(); i++ { + switch sliceOf { + case reflect.String: + buf.WriteString(slice.Index(i).String()) + case reflect.Int, reflect.Int64: + buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprint(slice.Index(i).Int())) + case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint64: + buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprint(slice.Index(i).Uint())) + case reflect.Float64: + buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprint(slice.Index(i).Float())) + case reflectTime: + buf.WriteString(slice.Index(i).Interface().(time.Time).Format(time.RFC3339)) + default: + return fmt.Errorf("unsupported type '[]%s'", sliceOf) + } + buf.WriteString(delim) + } + key.SetValue(buf.String()[:buf.Len()-1]) + return nil +} + +// reflectWithProperType does the opposite thing as setWithProperType. +func reflectWithProperType(t reflect.Type, key *Key, field reflect.Value, delim string) error { + switch t.Kind() { + case reflect.String: + key.SetValue(field.String()) + case reflect.Bool: + key.SetValue(fmt.Sprint(field.Bool())) + case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64: + key.SetValue(fmt.Sprint(field.Int())) + case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64: + key.SetValue(fmt.Sprint(field.Uint())) + case reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64: + key.SetValue(fmt.Sprint(field.Float())) + case reflectTime: + key.SetValue(fmt.Sprint(field.Interface().(time.Time).Format(time.RFC3339))) + case reflect.Slice: + return reflectSliceWithProperType(key, field, delim) + default: + return fmt.Errorf("unsupported type '%s'", t) + } + return nil +} + +// CR: copied from encoding/json/encode.go with modifications of time.Time support. +// TODO: add more test coverage. +func isEmptyValue(v reflect.Value) bool { + switch v.Kind() { + case reflect.Array, reflect.Map, reflect.Slice, reflect.String: + return v.Len() == 0 + case reflect.Bool: + return !v.Bool() + case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64: + return v.Int() == 0 + case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64, reflect.Uintptr: + return v.Uint() == 0 + case reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64: + return v.Float() == 0 + case reflectTime: + return v.Interface().(time.Time).IsZero() + case reflect.Interface, reflect.Ptr: + return v.IsNil() + } + return false +} + +func (s *Section) reflectFrom(val reflect.Value) error { + if val.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + val = val.Elem() + } + typ := val.Type() + + for i := 0; i < typ.NumField(); i++ { + field := val.Field(i) + tpField := typ.Field(i) + + tag := tpField.Tag.Get("ini") + if tag == "-" { + continue + } + + opts := strings.SplitN(tag, ",", 2) + if len(opts) == 2 && opts[1] == "omitempty" && isEmptyValue(field) { + continue + } + + fieldName := s.parseFieldName(tpField.Name, opts[0]) + if len(fieldName) == 0 || !field.CanSet() { + continue + } + + if (tpField.Type.Kind() == reflect.Ptr && tpField.Anonymous) || + (tpField.Type.Kind() == reflect.Struct && tpField.Type.Name() != "Time") { + // Note: The only error here is section doesn't exist. + sec, err := s.f.GetSection(fieldName) + if err != nil { + // Note: fieldName can never be empty here, ignore error. + sec, _ = s.f.NewSection(fieldName) + } + if err = sec.reflectFrom(field); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("error reflecting field (%s): %v", fieldName, err) + } + continue + } + + // Note: Same reason as secion. + key, err := s.GetKey(fieldName) + if err != nil { + key, _ = s.NewKey(fieldName, "") + } + if err = reflectWithProperType(tpField.Type, key, field, parseDelim(tpField.Tag.Get("delim"))); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("error reflecting field (%s): %v", fieldName, err) + } + + } + return nil +} + +// ReflectFrom reflects secion from given struct. +func (s *Section) ReflectFrom(v interface{}) error { + typ := reflect.TypeOf(v) + val := reflect.ValueOf(v) + if typ.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + typ = typ.Elem() + val = val.Elem() + } else { + return errors.New("cannot reflect from non-pointer struct") + } + + return s.reflectFrom(val) +} + +// ReflectFrom reflects file from given struct. +func (f *File) ReflectFrom(v interface{}) error { + return f.Section("").ReflectFrom(v) +} + +// ReflectFrom reflects data sources from given struct with name mapper. +func ReflectFromWithMapper(cfg *File, v interface{}, mapper NameMapper) error { + cfg.NameMapper = mapper + return cfg.ReflectFrom(v) +} + +// ReflectFrom reflects data sources from given struct. +func ReflectFrom(cfg *File, v interface{}) error { + return ReflectFromWithMapper(cfg, v, nil) +} diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/.travis.yml b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/.travis.yml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa139db22 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/.travis.yml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +language: go + +go: + - tip + +install: + - export GOPATH="$HOME/gopath" + - mkdir -p "$GOPATH/src/golang.org/x" + - mv "$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR" "$GOPATH/src/golang.org/x/oauth2" + - go get -v -t -d golang.org/x/oauth2/... + +script: + - go test -v golang.org/x/oauth2/... diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/AUTHORS b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/AUTHORS new file mode 100644 index 000000000..15167cd74 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/AUTHORS @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +# This source code refers to The Go Authors for copyright purposes. +# The master list of authors is in the main Go distribution, +# visible at http://tip.golang.org/AUTHORS. diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/CONTRIBUTING.md b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/CONTRIBUTING.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46aa2b12d --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/CONTRIBUTING.md @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# Contributing to Go + +Go is an open source project. + +It is the work of hundreds of contributors. We appreciate your help! + + +## Filing issues + +When [filing an issue](https://github.com/golang/oauth2/issues), make sure to answer these five questions: + +1. What version of Go are you using (`go version`)? +2. What operating system and processor architecture are you using? +3. What did you do? +4. What did you expect to see? +5. What did you see instead? + +General questions should go to the [golang-nuts mailing list](https://groups.google.com/group/golang-nuts) instead of the issue tracker. +The gophers there will answer or ask you to file an issue if you've tripped over a bug. + +## Contributing code + +Please read the [Contribution Guidelines](https://golang.org/doc/contribute.html) +before sending patches. + +**We do not accept GitHub pull requests** +(we use [Gerrit](https://code.google.com/p/gerrit/) instead for code review). + +Unless otherwise noted, the Go source files are distributed under +the BSD-style license found in the LICENSE file. + diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/CONTRIBUTORS b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/CONTRIBUTORS new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1c4577e96 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/CONTRIBUTORS @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +# This source code was written by the Go contributors. +# The master list of contributors is in the main Go distribution, +# visible at http://tip.golang.org/CONTRIBUTORS. diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/LICENSE b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d02f24fd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +Copyright (c) 2009 The oauth2 Authors. All rights reserved. + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +distribution. + * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +this software without specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/README.md b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/README.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b0ddf3c10 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +# OAuth2 for Go + +[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/golang/oauth2.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/golang/oauth2) +[![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/golang.org/x/oauth2?status.svg)](https://godoc.org/golang.org/x/oauth2) + +oauth2 package contains a client implementation for OAuth 2.0 spec. + +## Installation + +~~~~ +go get golang.org/x/oauth2 +~~~~ + +See godoc for further documentation and examples. + +* [godoc.org/golang.org/x/oauth2](http://godoc.org/golang.org/x/oauth2) +* [godoc.org/golang.org/x/oauth2/google](http://godoc.org/golang.org/x/oauth2/google) + + +## App Engine + +In change 96e89be (March 2015) we removed the `oauth2.Context2` type in favor +of the [`context.Context`](https://golang.org/x/net/context#Context) type from +the `golang.org/x/net/context` package + +This means its no longer possible to use the "Classic App Engine" +`appengine.Context` type with the `oauth2` package. (You're using +Classic App Engine if you import the package `"appengine"`.) + +To work around this, you may use the new `"google.golang.org/appengine"` +package. This package has almost the same API as the `"appengine"` package, +but it can be fetched with `go get` and used on "Managed VMs" and well as +Classic App Engine. + +See the [new `appengine` package's readme](https://github.com/golang/appengine#updating-a-go-app-engine-app) +for information on updating your app. + +If you don't want to update your entire app to use the new App Engine packages, +you may use both sets of packages in parallel, using only the new packages +with the `oauth2` package. + + import ( + "golang.org/x/net/context" + "golang.org/x/oauth2" + "golang.org/x/oauth2/google" + newappengine "google.golang.org/appengine" + newurlfetch "google.golang.org/appengine/urlfetch" + + "appengine" + ) + + func handler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) { + var c appengine.Context = appengine.NewContext(r) + c.Infof("Logging a message with the old package") + + var ctx context.Context = newappengine.NewContext(r) + client := &http.Client{ + Transport: &oauth2.Transport{ + Source: google.AppEngineTokenSource(ctx, "scope"), + Base: &newurlfetch.Transport{Context: ctx}, + }, + } + client.Get("...") + } + +## Contributing + +We appreciate your help! + +To contribute, please read the contribution guidelines: + https://golang.org/doc/contribute.html + +Note that the Go project does not use GitHub pull requests but +uses Gerrit for code reviews. See the contribution guide for details. diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/client_appengine.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/client_appengine.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8962c49d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/client_appengine.go @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +// Copyright 2014 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +// +build appengine + +// App Engine hooks. + +package oauth2 + +import ( + "net/http" + + "golang.org/x/net/context" + "golang.org/x/oauth2/internal" + "google.golang.org/appengine/urlfetch" +) + +func init() { + internal.RegisterContextClientFunc(contextClientAppEngine) +} + +func contextClientAppEngine(ctx context.Context) (*http.Client, error) { + return urlfetch.Client(ctx), nil +} diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/internal/oauth2.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/internal/oauth2.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e31541b39 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/internal/oauth2.go @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +// Copyright 2014 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +// Package internal contains support packages for oauth2 package. +package internal + +import ( + "bufio" + "crypto/rsa" + "crypto/x509" + "encoding/pem" + "errors" + "fmt" + "io" + "strings" +) + +// ParseKey converts the binary contents of a private key file +// to an *rsa.PrivateKey. It detects whether the private key is in a +// PEM container or not. If so, it extracts the the private key +// from PEM container before conversion. It only supports PEM +// containers with no passphrase. +func ParseKey(key []byte) (*rsa.PrivateKey, error) { + block, _ := pem.Decode(key) + if block != nil { + key = block.Bytes + } + parsedKey, err := x509.ParsePKCS8PrivateKey(key) + if err != nil { + parsedKey, err = x509.ParsePKCS1PrivateKey(key) + if err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("private key should be a PEM or plain PKSC1 or PKCS8; parse error: %v", err) + } + } + parsed, ok := parsedKey.(*rsa.PrivateKey) + if !ok { + return nil, errors.New("private key is invalid") + } + return parsed, nil +} + +func ParseINI(ini io.Reader) (map[string]map[string]string, error) { + result := map[string]map[string]string{ + "": {}, // root section + } + scanner := bufio.NewScanner(ini) + currentSection := "" + for scanner.Scan() { + line := strings.TrimSpace(scanner.Text()) + if strings.HasPrefix(line, ";") { + // comment. + continue + } + if strings.HasPrefix(line, "[") && strings.HasSuffix(line, "]") { + currentSection = strings.TrimSpace(line[1 : len(line)-1]) + result[currentSection] = map[string]string{} + continue + } + parts := strings.SplitN(line, "=", 2) + if len(parts) == 2 && parts[0] != "" { + result[currentSection][strings.TrimSpace(parts[0])] = strings.TrimSpace(parts[1]) + } + } + if err := scanner.Err(); err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("error scanning ini: %v", err) + } + return result, nil +} + +func CondVal(v string) []string { + if v == "" { + return nil + } + return []string{v} +} diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/internal/token.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/internal/token.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..018b58ad1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/internal/token.go @@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ +// Copyright 2014 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +// Package internal contains support packages for oauth2 package. +package internal + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "io" + "io/ioutil" + "mime" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strconv" + "strings" + "time" + + "golang.org/x/net/context" +) + +// Token represents the crendentials used to authorize +// the requests to access protected resources on the OAuth 2.0 +// provider's backend. +// +// This type is a mirror of oauth2.Token and exists to break +// an otherwise-circular dependency. Other internal packages +// should convert this Token into an oauth2.Token before use. +type Token struct { + // AccessToken is the token that authorizes and authenticates + // the requests. + AccessToken string + + // TokenType is the type of token. + // The Type method returns either this or "Bearer", the default. + TokenType string + + // RefreshToken is a token that's used by the application + // (as opposed to the user) to refresh the access token + // if it expires. + RefreshToken string + + // Expiry is the optional expiration time of the access token. + // + // If zero, TokenSource implementations will reuse the same + // token forever and RefreshToken or equivalent + // mechanisms for that TokenSource will not be used. + Expiry time.Time + + // Raw optionally contains extra metadata from the server + // when updating a token. + Raw interface{} +} + +// tokenJSON is the struct representing the HTTP response from OAuth2 +// providers returning a token in JSON form. +type tokenJSON struct { + AccessToken string `json:"access_token"` + TokenType string `json:"token_type"` + RefreshToken string `json:"refresh_token"` + ExpiresIn expirationTime `json:"expires_in"` // at least PayPal returns string, while most return number + Expires expirationTime `json:"expires"` // broken Facebook spelling of expires_in +} + +func (e *tokenJSON) expiry() (t time.Time) { + if v := e.ExpiresIn; v != 0 { + return time.Now().Add(time.Duration(v) * time.Second) + } + if v := e.Expires; v != 0 { + return time.Now().Add(time.Duration(v) * time.Second) + } + return +} + +type expirationTime int32 + +func (e *expirationTime) UnmarshalJSON(b []byte) error { + var n json.Number + err := json.Unmarshal(b, &n) + if err != nil { + return err + } + i, err := n.Int64() + if err != nil { + return err + } + *e = expirationTime(i) + return nil +} + +var brokenAuthHeaderProviders = []string{ + "https://accounts.google.com/", + "https://api.codeswholesale.com/oauth/token", + "https://api.dropbox.com/", + "https://api.dropboxapi.com/", + "https://api.instagram.com/", + "https://api.netatmo.net/", + "https://api.odnoklassniki.ru/", + "https://api.pushbullet.com/", + "https://api.soundcloud.com/", + "https://api.twitch.tv/", + "https://app.box.com/", + "https://connect.stripe.com/", + "https://graph.facebook.com", // see https://github.com/golang/oauth2/issues/214 + "https://login.microsoftonline.com/", + "https://login.salesforce.com/", + "https://oauth.sandbox.trainingpeaks.com/", + "https://oauth.trainingpeaks.com/", + "https://oauth.vk.com/", + "https://openapi.baidu.com/", + "https://slack.com/", + "https://test-sandbox.auth.corp.google.com", + "https://test.salesforce.com/", + "https://user.gini.net/", + "https://www.douban.com/", + "https://www.googleapis.com/", + "https://www.linkedin.com/", + "https://www.strava.com/oauth/", + "https://www.wunderlist.com/oauth/", + "https://api.patreon.com/", + "https://sandbox.codeswholesale.com/oauth/token", +} + +// brokenAuthHeaderDomains lists broken providers that issue dynamic endpoints. +var brokenAuthHeaderDomains = []string{ + ".force.com", + ".okta.com", + ".oktapreview.com", +} + +func RegisterBrokenAuthHeaderProvider(tokenURL string) { + brokenAuthHeaderProviders = append(brokenAuthHeaderProviders, tokenURL) +} + +// providerAuthHeaderWorks reports whether the OAuth2 server identified by the tokenURL +// implements the OAuth2 spec correctly +// See https://code.google.com/p/goauth2/issues/detail?id=31 for background. +// In summary: +// - Reddit only accepts client secret in the Authorization header +// - Dropbox accepts either it in URL param or Auth header, but not both. +// - Google only accepts URL param (not spec compliant?), not Auth header +// - Stripe only accepts client secret in Auth header with Bearer method, not Basic +func providerAuthHeaderWorks(tokenURL string) bool { + for _, s := range brokenAuthHeaderProviders { + if strings.HasPrefix(tokenURL, s) { + // Some sites fail to implement the OAuth2 spec fully. + return false + } + } + + if u, err := url.Parse(tokenURL); err == nil { + for _, s := range brokenAuthHeaderDomains { + if strings.HasSuffix(u.Host, s) { + return false + } + } + } + + // Assume the provider implements the spec properly + // otherwise. We can add more exceptions as they're + // discovered. We will _not_ be adding configurable hooks + // to this package to let users select server bugs. + return true +} + +func RetrieveToken(ctx context.Context, clientID, clientSecret, tokenURL string, v url.Values) (*Token, error) { + hc, err := ContextClient(ctx) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + bustedAuth := !providerAuthHeaderWorks(tokenURL) + if bustedAuth { + if clientID != "" { + v.Set("client_id", clientID) + } + if clientSecret != "" { + v.Set("client_secret", clientSecret) + } + } + req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", tokenURL, strings.NewReader(v.Encode())) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/x-www-form-urlencoded") + if !bustedAuth { + req.SetBasicAuth(clientID, clientSecret) + } + r, err := hc.Do(req) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer r.Body.Close() + body, err := ioutil.ReadAll(io.LimitReader(r.Body, 1<<20)) + if err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("oauth2: cannot fetch token: %v", err) + } + if code := r.StatusCode; code < 200 || code > 299 { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("oauth2: cannot fetch token: %v\nResponse: %s", r.Status, body) + } + + var token *Token + content, _, _ := mime.ParseMediaType(r.Header.Get("Content-Type")) + switch content { + case "application/x-www-form-urlencoded", "text/plain": + vals, err := url.ParseQuery(string(body)) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + token = &Token{ + AccessToken: vals.Get("access_token"), + TokenType: vals.Get("token_type"), + RefreshToken: vals.Get("refresh_token"), + Raw: vals, + } + e := vals.Get("expires_in") + if e == "" { + // TODO(jbd): Facebook's OAuth2 implementation is broken and + // returns expires_in field in expires. Remove the fallback to expires, + // when Facebook fixes their implementation. + e = vals.Get("expires") + } + expires, _ := strconv.Atoi(e) + if expires != 0 { + token.Expiry = time.Now().Add(time.Duration(expires) * time.Second) + } + default: + var tj tokenJSON + if err = json.Unmarshal(body, &tj); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + token = &Token{ + AccessToken: tj.AccessToken, + TokenType: tj.TokenType, + RefreshToken: tj.RefreshToken, + Expiry: tj.expiry(), + Raw: make(map[string]interface{}), + } + json.Unmarshal(body, &token.Raw) // no error checks for optional fields + } + // Don't overwrite `RefreshToken` with an empty value + // if this was a token refreshing request. + if token.RefreshToken == "" { + token.RefreshToken = v.Get("refresh_token") + } + return token, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/internal/transport.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/internal/transport.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f1f173e34 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/internal/transport.go @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +// Copyright 2014 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +// Package internal contains support packages for oauth2 package. +package internal + +import ( + "net/http" + + "golang.org/x/net/context" +) + +// HTTPClient is the context key to use with golang.org/x/net/context's +// WithValue function to associate an *http.Client value with a context. +var HTTPClient ContextKey + +// ContextKey is just an empty struct. It exists so HTTPClient can be +// an immutable public variable with a unique type. It's immutable +// because nobody else can create a ContextKey, being unexported. +type ContextKey struct{} + +// ContextClientFunc is a func which tries to return an *http.Client +// given a Context value. If it returns an error, the search stops +// with that error. If it returns (nil, nil), the search continues +// down the list of registered funcs. +type ContextClientFunc func(context.Context) (*http.Client, error) + +var contextClientFuncs []ContextClientFunc + +func RegisterContextClientFunc(fn ContextClientFunc) { + contextClientFuncs = append(contextClientFuncs, fn) +} + +func ContextClient(ctx context.Context) (*http.Client, error) { + if ctx != nil { + if hc, ok := ctx.Value(HTTPClient).(*http.Client); ok { + return hc, nil + } + } + for _, fn := range contextClientFuncs { + c, err := fn(ctx) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if c != nil { + return c, nil + } + } + return http.DefaultClient, nil +} + +func ContextTransport(ctx context.Context) http.RoundTripper { + hc, err := ContextClient(ctx) + // This is a rare error case (somebody using nil on App Engine). + if err != nil { + return ErrorTransport{err} + } + return hc.Transport +} + +// ErrorTransport returns the specified error on RoundTrip. +// This RoundTripper should be used in rare error cases where +// error handling can be postponed to response handling time. +type ErrorTransport struct{ Err error } + +func (t ErrorTransport) RoundTrip(*http.Request) (*http.Response, error) { + return nil, t.Err +} diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/jws/jws.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/jws/jws.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..683d2d271 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/jws/jws.go @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +// Copyright 2014 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +// Package jws provides a partial implementation +// of JSON Web Signature encoding and decoding. +// It exists to support the golang.org/x/oauth2 package. +// +// See RFC 7515. +// +// Deprecated: this package is not intended for public use and might be +// removed in the future. It exists for internal use only. +// Please switch to another JWS package or copy this package into your own +// source tree. +package jws // import "golang.org/x/oauth2/jws" + +import ( + "bytes" + "crypto" + "crypto/rand" + "crypto/rsa" + "crypto/sha256" + "encoding/base64" + "encoding/json" + "errors" + "fmt" + "strings" + "time" +) + +// ClaimSet contains information about the JWT signature including the +// permissions being requested (scopes), the target of the token, the issuer, +// the time the token was issued, and the lifetime of the token. +type ClaimSet struct { + Iss string `json:"iss"` // email address of the client_id of the application making the access token request + Scope string `json:"scope,omitempty"` // space-delimited list of the permissions the application requests + Aud string `json:"aud"` // descriptor of the intended target of the assertion (Optional). + Exp int64 `json:"exp"` // the expiration time of the assertion (seconds since Unix epoch) + Iat int64 `json:"iat"` // the time the assertion was issued (seconds since Unix epoch) + Typ string `json:"typ,omitempty"` // token type (Optional). + + // Email for which the application is requesting delegated access (Optional). + Sub string `json:"sub,omitempty"` + + // The old name of Sub. Client keeps setting Prn to be + // complaint with legacy OAuth 2.0 providers. (Optional) + Prn string `json:"prn,omitempty"` + + // See http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-jones-json-web-token-10#section-4.3 + // This array is marshalled using custom code (see (c *ClaimSet) encode()). + PrivateClaims map[string]interface{} `json:"-"` +} + +func (c *ClaimSet) encode() (string, error) { + // Reverting time back for machines whose time is not perfectly in sync. + // If client machine's time is in the future according + // to Google servers, an access token will not be issued. + now := time.Now().Add(-10 * time.Second) + if c.Iat == 0 { + c.Iat = now.Unix() + } + if c.Exp == 0 { + c.Exp = now.Add(time.Hour).Unix() + } + if c.Exp < c.Iat { + return "", fmt.Errorf("jws: invalid Exp = %v; must be later than Iat = %v", c.Exp, c.Iat) + } + + b, err := json.Marshal(c) + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + + if len(c.PrivateClaims) == 0 { + return base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(b), nil + } + + // Marshal private claim set and then append it to b. + prv, err := json.Marshal(c.PrivateClaims) + if err != nil { + return "", fmt.Errorf("jws: invalid map of private claims %v", c.PrivateClaims) + } + + // Concatenate public and private claim JSON objects. + if !bytes.HasSuffix(b, []byte{'}'}) { + return "", fmt.Errorf("jws: invalid JSON %s", b) + } + if !bytes.HasPrefix(prv, []byte{'{'}) { + return "", fmt.Errorf("jws: invalid JSON %s", prv) + } + b[len(b)-1] = ',' // Replace closing curly brace with a comma. + b = append(b, prv[1:]...) // Append private claims. + return base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(b), nil +} + +// Header represents the header for the signed JWS payloads. +type Header struct { + // The algorithm used for signature. + Algorithm string `json:"alg"` + + // Represents the token type. + Typ string `json:"typ"` + + // The optional hint of which key is being used. + KeyID string `json:"kid,omitempty"` +} + +func (h *Header) encode() (string, error) { + b, err := json.Marshal(h) + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + return base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(b), nil +} + +// Decode decodes a claim set from a JWS payload. +func Decode(payload string) (*ClaimSet, error) { + // decode returned id token to get expiry + s := strings.Split(payload, ".") + if len(s) < 2 { + // TODO(jbd): Provide more context about the error. + return nil, errors.New("jws: invalid token received") + } + decoded, err := base64.RawURLEncoding.DecodeString(s[1]) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + c := &ClaimSet{} + err = json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewBuffer(decoded)).Decode(c) + return c, err +} + +// Signer returns a signature for the given data. +type Signer func(data []byte) (sig []byte, err error) + +// EncodeWithSigner encodes a header and claim set with the provided signer. +func EncodeWithSigner(header *Header, c *ClaimSet, sg Signer) (string, error) { + head, err := header.encode() + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + cs, err := c.encode() + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + ss := fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", head, cs) + sig, err := sg([]byte(ss)) + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + return fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", ss, base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(sig)), nil +} + +// Encode encodes a signed JWS with provided header and claim set. +// This invokes EncodeWithSigner using crypto/rsa.SignPKCS1v15 with the given RSA private key. +func Encode(header *Header, c *ClaimSet, key *rsa.PrivateKey) (string, error) { + sg := func(data []byte) (sig []byte, err error) { + h := sha256.New() + h.Write(data) + return rsa.SignPKCS1v15(rand.Reader, key, crypto.SHA256, h.Sum(nil)) + } + return EncodeWithSigner(header, c, sg) +} + +// Verify tests whether the provided JWT token's signature was produced by the private key +// associated with the supplied public key. +func Verify(token string, key *rsa.PublicKey) error { + parts := strings.Split(token, ".") + if len(parts) != 3 { + return errors.New("jws: invalid token received, token must have 3 parts") + } + + signedContent := parts[0] + "." + parts[1] + signatureString, err := base64.RawURLEncoding.DecodeString(parts[2]) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + h := sha256.New() + h.Write([]byte(signedContent)) + return rsa.VerifyPKCS1v15(key, crypto.SHA256, h.Sum(nil), []byte(signatureString)) +} diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/jwt/jwt.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/jwt/jwt.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e016db421 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/jwt/jwt.go @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +// Copyright 2014 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +// Package jwt implements the OAuth 2.0 JSON Web Token flow, commonly +// known as "two-legged OAuth 2.0". +// +// See: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-jwt-bearer-12 +package jwt + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "io" + "io/ioutil" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" + "time" + + "golang.org/x/net/context" + "golang.org/x/oauth2" + "golang.org/x/oauth2/internal" + "golang.org/x/oauth2/jws" +) + +var ( + defaultGrantType = "urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:jwt-bearer" + defaultHeader = &jws.Header{Algorithm: "RS256", Typ: "JWT"} +) + +// Config is the configuration for using JWT to fetch tokens, +// commonly known as "two-legged OAuth 2.0". +type Config struct { + // Email is the OAuth client identifier used when communicating with + // the configured OAuth provider. + Email string + + // PrivateKey contains the contents of an RSA private key or the + // contents of a PEM file that contains a private key. The provided + // private key is used to sign JWT payloads. + // PEM containers with a passphrase are not supported. + // Use the following command to convert a PKCS 12 file into a PEM. + // + // $ openssl pkcs12 -in key.p12 -out key.pem -nodes + // + PrivateKey []byte + + // PrivateKeyID contains an optional hint indicating which key is being + // used. + PrivateKeyID string + + // Subject is the optional user to impersonate. + Subject string + + // Scopes optionally specifies a list of requested permission scopes. + Scopes []string + + // TokenURL is the endpoint required to complete the 2-legged JWT flow. + TokenURL string + + // Expires optionally specifies how long the token is valid for. + Expires time.Duration +} + +// TokenSource returns a JWT TokenSource using the configuration +// in c and the HTTP client from the provided context. +func (c *Config) TokenSource(ctx context.Context) oauth2.TokenSource { + return oauth2.ReuseTokenSource(nil, jwtSource{ctx, c}) +} + +// Client returns an HTTP client wrapping the context's +// HTTP transport and adding Authorization headers with tokens +// obtained from c. +// +// The returned client and its Transport should not be modified. +func (c *Config) Client(ctx context.Context) *http.Client { + return oauth2.NewClient(ctx, c.TokenSource(ctx)) +} + +// jwtSource is a source that always does a signed JWT request for a token. +// It should typically be wrapped with a reuseTokenSource. +type jwtSource struct { + ctx context.Context + conf *Config +} + +func (js jwtSource) Token() (*oauth2.Token, error) { + pk, err := internal.ParseKey(js.conf.PrivateKey) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + hc := oauth2.NewClient(js.ctx, nil) + claimSet := &jws.ClaimSet{ + Iss: js.conf.Email, + Scope: strings.Join(js.conf.Scopes, " "), + Aud: js.conf.TokenURL, + } + if subject := js.conf.Subject; subject != "" { + claimSet.Sub = subject + // prn is the old name of sub. Keep setting it + // to be compatible with legacy OAuth 2.0 providers. + claimSet.Prn = subject + } + if t := js.conf.Expires; t > 0 { + claimSet.Exp = time.Now().Add(t).Unix() + } + h := *defaultHeader + h.KeyID = js.conf.PrivateKeyID + payload, err := jws.Encode(&h, claimSet, pk) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + v := url.Values{} + v.Set("grant_type", defaultGrantType) + v.Set("assertion", payload) + resp, err := hc.PostForm(js.conf.TokenURL, v) + if err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("oauth2: cannot fetch token: %v", err) + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + body, err := ioutil.ReadAll(io.LimitReader(resp.Body, 1<<20)) + if err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("oauth2: cannot fetch token: %v", err) + } + if c := resp.StatusCode; c < 200 || c > 299 { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("oauth2: cannot fetch token: %v\nResponse: %s", resp.Status, body) + } + // tokenRes is the JSON response body. + var tokenRes struct { + AccessToken string `json:"access_token"` + TokenType string `json:"token_type"` + IDToken string `json:"id_token"` + ExpiresIn int64 `json:"expires_in"` // relative seconds from now + } + if err := json.Unmarshal(body, &tokenRes); err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("oauth2: cannot fetch token: %v", err) + } + token := &oauth2.Token{ + AccessToken: tokenRes.AccessToken, + TokenType: tokenRes.TokenType, + } + raw := make(map[string]interface{}) + json.Unmarshal(body, &raw) // no error checks for optional fields + token = token.WithExtra(raw) + + if secs := tokenRes.ExpiresIn; secs > 0 { + token.Expiry = time.Now().Add(time.Duration(secs) * time.Second) + } + if v := tokenRes.IDToken; v != "" { + // decode returned id token to get expiry + claimSet, err := jws.Decode(v) + if err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("oauth2: error decoding JWT token: %v", err) + } + token.Expiry = time.Unix(claimSet.Exp, 0) + } + return token, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/oauth2.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/oauth2.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3e4835d7e --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/oauth2.go @@ -0,0 +1,340 @@ +// Copyright 2014 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +// Package oauth2 provides support for making +// OAuth2 authorized and authenticated HTTP requests. +// It can additionally grant authorization with Bearer JWT. +package oauth2 // import "golang.org/x/oauth2" + +import ( + "bytes" + "errors" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" + "sync" + + "golang.org/x/net/context" + "golang.org/x/oauth2/internal" +) + +// NoContext is the default context you should supply if not using +// your own context.Context (see https://golang.org/x/net/context). +// +// Deprecated: Use context.Background() or context.TODO() instead. +var NoContext = context.TODO() + +// RegisterBrokenAuthHeaderProvider registers an OAuth2 server +// identified by the tokenURL prefix as an OAuth2 implementation +// which doesn't support the HTTP Basic authentication +// scheme to authenticate with the authorization server. +// Once a server is registered, credentials (client_id and client_secret) +// will be passed as query parameters rather than being present +// in the Authorization header. +// See https://code.google.com/p/goauth2/issues/detail?id=31 for background. +func RegisterBrokenAuthHeaderProvider(tokenURL string) { + internal.RegisterBrokenAuthHeaderProvider(tokenURL) +} + +// Config describes a typical 3-legged OAuth2 flow, with both the +// client application information and the server's endpoint URLs. +// For the client credentials 2-legged OAuth2 flow, see the clientcredentials +// package (https://golang.org/x/oauth2/clientcredentials). +type Config struct { + // ClientID is the application's ID. + ClientID string + + // ClientSecret is the application's secret. + ClientSecret string + + // Endpoint contains the resource server's token endpoint + // URLs. These are constants specific to each server and are + // often available via site-specific packages, such as + // google.Endpoint or github.Endpoint. + Endpoint Endpoint + + // RedirectURL is the URL to redirect users going through + // the OAuth flow, after the resource owner's URLs. + RedirectURL string + + // Scope specifies optional requested permissions. + Scopes []string +} + +// A TokenSource is anything that can return a token. +type TokenSource interface { + // Token returns a token or an error. + // Token must be safe for concurrent use by multiple goroutines. + // The returned Token must not be modified. + Token() (*Token, error) +} + +// Endpoint contains the OAuth 2.0 provider's authorization and token +// endpoint URLs. +type Endpoint struct { + AuthURL string + TokenURL string +} + +var ( + // AccessTypeOnline and AccessTypeOffline are options passed + // to the Options.AuthCodeURL method. They modify the + // "access_type" field that gets sent in the URL returned by + // AuthCodeURL. + // + // Online is the default if neither is specified. If your + // application needs to refresh access tokens when the user + // is not present at the browser, then use offline. This will + // result in your application obtaining a refresh token the + // first time your application exchanges an authorization + // code for a user. + AccessTypeOnline AuthCodeOption = SetAuthURLParam("access_type", "online") + AccessTypeOffline AuthCodeOption = SetAuthURLParam("access_type", "offline") + + // ApprovalForce forces the users to view the consent dialog + // and confirm the permissions request at the URL returned + // from AuthCodeURL, even if they've already done so. + ApprovalForce AuthCodeOption = SetAuthURLParam("approval_prompt", "force") +) + +// An AuthCodeOption is passed to Config.AuthCodeURL. +type AuthCodeOption interface { + setValue(url.Values) +} + +type setParam struct{ k, v string } + +func (p setParam) setValue(m url.Values) { m.Set(p.k, p.v) } + +// SetAuthURLParam builds an AuthCodeOption which passes key/value parameters +// to a provider's authorization endpoint. +func SetAuthURLParam(key, value string) AuthCodeOption { + return setParam{key, value} +} + +// AuthCodeURL returns a URL to OAuth 2.0 provider's consent page +// that asks for permissions for the required scopes explicitly. +// +// State is a token to protect the user from CSRF attacks. You must +// always provide a non-zero string and validate that it matches the +// the state query parameter on your redirect callback. +// See http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-10.12 for more info. +// +// Opts may include AccessTypeOnline or AccessTypeOffline, as well +// as ApprovalForce. +func (c *Config) AuthCodeURL(state string, opts ...AuthCodeOption) string { + var buf bytes.Buffer + buf.WriteString(c.Endpoint.AuthURL) + v := url.Values{ + "response_type": {"code"}, + "client_id": {c.ClientID}, + "redirect_uri": internal.CondVal(c.RedirectURL), + "scope": internal.CondVal(strings.Join(c.Scopes, " ")), + "state": internal.CondVal(state), + } + for _, opt := range opts { + opt.setValue(v) + } + if strings.Contains(c.Endpoint.AuthURL, "?") { + buf.WriteByte('&') + } else { + buf.WriteByte('?') + } + buf.WriteString(v.Encode()) + return buf.String() +} + +// PasswordCredentialsToken converts a resource owner username and password +// pair into a token. +// +// Per the RFC, this grant type should only be used "when there is a high +// degree of trust between the resource owner and the client (e.g., the client +// is part of the device operating system or a highly privileged application), +// and when other authorization grant types are not available." +// See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-4.3 for more info. +// +// The HTTP client to use is derived from the context. +// If nil, http.DefaultClient is used. +func (c *Config) PasswordCredentialsToken(ctx context.Context, username, password string) (*Token, error) { + return retrieveToken(ctx, c, url.Values{ + "grant_type": {"password"}, + "username": {username}, + "password": {password}, + "scope": internal.CondVal(strings.Join(c.Scopes, " ")), + }) +} + +// Exchange converts an authorization code into a token. +// +// It is used after a resource provider redirects the user back +// to the Redirect URI (the URL obtained from AuthCodeURL). +// +// The HTTP client to use is derived from the context. +// If a client is not provided via the context, http.DefaultClient is used. +// +// The code will be in the *http.Request.FormValue("code"). Before +// calling Exchange, be sure to validate FormValue("state"). +func (c *Config) Exchange(ctx context.Context, code string) (*Token, error) { + return retrieveToken(ctx, c, url.Values{ + "grant_type": {"authorization_code"}, + "code": {code}, + "redirect_uri": internal.CondVal(c.RedirectURL), + }) +} + +// Client returns an HTTP client using the provided token. +// The token will auto-refresh as necessary. The underlying +// HTTP transport will be obtained using the provided context. +// The returned client and its Transport should not be modified. +func (c *Config) Client(ctx context.Context, t *Token) *http.Client { + return NewClient(ctx, c.TokenSource(ctx, t)) +} + +// TokenSource returns a TokenSource that returns t until t expires, +// automatically refreshing it as necessary using the provided context. +// +// Most users will use Config.Client instead. +func (c *Config) TokenSource(ctx context.Context, t *Token) TokenSource { + tkr := &tokenRefresher{ + ctx: ctx, + conf: c, + } + if t != nil { + tkr.refreshToken = t.RefreshToken + } + return &reuseTokenSource{ + t: t, + new: tkr, + } +} + +// tokenRefresher is a TokenSource that makes "grant_type"=="refresh_token" +// HTTP requests to renew a token using a RefreshToken. +type tokenRefresher struct { + ctx context.Context // used to get HTTP requests + conf *Config + refreshToken string +} + +// WARNING: Token is not safe for concurrent access, as it +// updates the tokenRefresher's refreshToken field. +// Within this package, it is used by reuseTokenSource which +// synchronizes calls to this method with its own mutex. +func (tf *tokenRefresher) Token() (*Token, error) { + if tf.refreshToken == "" { + return nil, errors.New("oauth2: token expired and refresh token is not set") + } + + tk, err := retrieveToken(tf.ctx, tf.conf, url.Values{ + "grant_type": {"refresh_token"}, + "refresh_token": {tf.refreshToken}, + }) + + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if tf.refreshToken != tk.RefreshToken { + tf.refreshToken = tk.RefreshToken + } + return tk, err +} + +// reuseTokenSource is a TokenSource that holds a single token in memory +// and validates its expiry before each call to retrieve it with +// Token. If it's expired, it will be auto-refreshed using the +// new TokenSource. +type reuseTokenSource struct { + new TokenSource // called when t is expired. + + mu sync.Mutex // guards t + t *Token +} + +// Token returns the current token if it's still valid, else will +// refresh the current token (using r.Context for HTTP client +// information) and return the new one. +func (s *reuseTokenSource) Token() (*Token, error) { + s.mu.Lock() + defer s.mu.Unlock() + if s.t.Valid() { + return s.t, nil + } + t, err := s.new.Token() + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + s.t = t + return t, nil +} + +// StaticTokenSource returns a TokenSource that always returns the same token. +// Because the provided token t is never refreshed, StaticTokenSource is only +// useful for tokens that never expire. +func StaticTokenSource(t *Token) TokenSource { + return staticTokenSource{t} +} + +// staticTokenSource is a TokenSource that always returns the same Token. +type staticTokenSource struct { + t *Token +} + +func (s staticTokenSource) Token() (*Token, error) { + return s.t, nil +} + +// HTTPClient is the context key to use with golang.org/x/net/context's +// WithValue function to associate an *http.Client value with a context. +var HTTPClient internal.ContextKey + +// NewClient creates an *http.Client from a Context and TokenSource. +// The returned client is not valid beyond the lifetime of the context. +// +// As a special case, if src is nil, a non-OAuth2 client is returned +// using the provided context. This exists to support related OAuth2 +// packages. +func NewClient(ctx context.Context, src TokenSource) *http.Client { + if src == nil { + c, err := internal.ContextClient(ctx) + if err != nil { + return &http.Client{Transport: internal.ErrorTransport{Err: err}} + } + return c + } + return &http.Client{ + Transport: &Transport{ + Base: internal.ContextTransport(ctx), + Source: ReuseTokenSource(nil, src), + }, + } +} + +// ReuseTokenSource returns a TokenSource which repeatedly returns the +// same token as long as it's valid, starting with t. +// When its cached token is invalid, a new token is obtained from src. +// +// ReuseTokenSource is typically used to reuse tokens from a cache +// (such as a file on disk) between runs of a program, rather than +// obtaining new tokens unnecessarily. +// +// The initial token t may be nil, in which case the TokenSource is +// wrapped in a caching version if it isn't one already. This also +// means it's always safe to wrap ReuseTokenSource around any other +// TokenSource without adverse effects. +func ReuseTokenSource(t *Token, src TokenSource) TokenSource { + // Don't wrap a reuseTokenSource in itself. That would work, + // but cause an unnecessary number of mutex operations. + // Just build the equivalent one. + if rt, ok := src.(*reuseTokenSource); ok { + if t == nil { + // Just use it directly. + return rt + } + src = rt.new + } + return &reuseTokenSource{ + t: t, + new: src, + } +} diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/token.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/token.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a3167f15 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/token.go @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +// Copyright 2014 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package oauth2 + +import ( + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strconv" + "strings" + "time" + + "golang.org/x/net/context" + "golang.org/x/oauth2/internal" +) + +// expiryDelta determines how earlier a token should be considered +// expired than its actual expiration time. It is used to avoid late +// expirations due to client-server time mismatches. +const expiryDelta = 10 * time.Second + +// Token represents the crendentials used to authorize +// the requests to access protected resources on the OAuth 2.0 +// provider's backend. +// +// Most users of this package should not access fields of Token +// directly. They're exported mostly for use by related packages +// implementing derivative OAuth2 flows. +type Token struct { + // AccessToken is the token that authorizes and authenticates + // the requests. + AccessToken string `json:"access_token"` + + // TokenType is the type of token. + // The Type method returns either this or "Bearer", the default. + TokenType string `json:"token_type,omitempty"` + + // RefreshToken is a token that's used by the application + // (as opposed to the user) to refresh the access token + // if it expires. + RefreshToken string `json:"refresh_token,omitempty"` + + // Expiry is the optional expiration time of the access token. + // + // If zero, TokenSource implementations will reuse the same + // token forever and RefreshToken or equivalent + // mechanisms for that TokenSource will not be used. + Expiry time.Time `json:"expiry,omitempty"` + + // raw optionally contains extra metadata from the server + // when updating a token. + raw interface{} +} + +// Type returns t.TokenType if non-empty, else "Bearer". +func (t *Token) Type() string { + if strings.EqualFold(t.TokenType, "bearer") { + return "Bearer" + } + if strings.EqualFold(t.TokenType, "mac") { + return "MAC" + } + if strings.EqualFold(t.TokenType, "basic") { + return "Basic" + } + if t.TokenType != "" { + return t.TokenType + } + return "Bearer" +} + +// SetAuthHeader sets the Authorization header to r using the access +// token in t. +// +// This method is unnecessary when using Transport or an HTTP Client +// returned by this package. +func (t *Token) SetAuthHeader(r *http.Request) { + r.Header.Set("Authorization", t.Type()+" "+t.AccessToken) +} + +// WithExtra returns a new Token that's a clone of t, but using the +// provided raw extra map. This is only intended for use by packages +// implementing derivative OAuth2 flows. +func (t *Token) WithExtra(extra interface{}) *Token { + t2 := new(Token) + *t2 = *t + t2.raw = extra + return t2 +} + +// Extra returns an extra field. +// Extra fields are key-value pairs returned by the server as a +// part of the token retrieval response. +func (t *Token) Extra(key string) interface{} { + if raw, ok := t.raw.(map[string]interface{}); ok { + return raw[key] + } + + vals, ok := t.raw.(url.Values) + if !ok { + return nil + } + + v := vals.Get(key) + switch s := strings.TrimSpace(v); strings.Count(s, ".") { + case 0: // Contains no "."; try to parse as int + if i, err := strconv.ParseInt(s, 10, 64); err == nil { + return i + } + case 1: // Contains a single "."; try to parse as float + if f, err := strconv.ParseFloat(s, 64); err == nil { + return f + } + } + + return v +} + +// expired reports whether the token is expired. +// t must be non-nil. +func (t *Token) expired() bool { + if t.Expiry.IsZero() { + return false + } + return t.Expiry.Add(-expiryDelta).Before(time.Now()) +} + +// Valid reports whether t is non-nil, has an AccessToken, and is not expired. +func (t *Token) Valid() bool { + return t != nil && t.AccessToken != "" && !t.expired() +} + +// tokenFromInternal maps an *internal.Token struct into +// a *Token struct. +func tokenFromInternal(t *internal.Token) *Token { + if t == nil { + return nil + } + return &Token{ + AccessToken: t.AccessToken, + TokenType: t.TokenType, + RefreshToken: t.RefreshToken, + Expiry: t.Expiry, + raw: t.Raw, + } +} + +// retrieveToken takes a *Config and uses that to retrieve an *internal.Token. +// This token is then mapped from *internal.Token into an *oauth2.Token which is returned along +// with an error.. +func retrieveToken(ctx context.Context, c *Config, v url.Values) (*Token, error) { + tk, err := internal.RetrieveToken(ctx, c.ClientID, c.ClientSecret, c.Endpoint.TokenURL, v) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return tokenFromInternal(tk), nil +} diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/transport.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/transport.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92ac7e253 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/transport.go @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +// Copyright 2014 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package oauth2 + +import ( + "errors" + "io" + "net/http" + "sync" +) + +// Transport is an http.RoundTripper that makes OAuth 2.0 HTTP requests, +// wrapping a base RoundTripper and adding an Authorization header +// with a token from the supplied Sources. +// +// Transport is a low-level mechanism. Most code will use the +// higher-level Config.Client method instead. +type Transport struct { + // Source supplies the token to add to outgoing requests' + // Authorization headers. + Source TokenSource + + // Base is the base RoundTripper used to make HTTP requests. + // If nil, http.DefaultTransport is used. + Base http.RoundTripper + + mu sync.Mutex // guards modReq + modReq map[*http.Request]*http.Request // original -> modified +} + +// RoundTrip authorizes and authenticates the request with an +// access token. If no token exists or token is expired, +// tries to refresh/fetch a new token. +func (t *Transport) RoundTrip(req *http.Request) (*http.Response, error) { + if t.Source == nil { + return nil, errors.New("oauth2: Transport's Source is nil") + } + token, err := t.Source.Token() + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + req2 := cloneRequest(req) // per RoundTripper contract + token.SetAuthHeader(req2) + t.setModReq(req, req2) + res, err := t.base().RoundTrip(req2) + if err != nil { + t.setModReq(req, nil) + return nil, err + } + res.Body = &onEOFReader{ + rc: res.Body, + fn: func() { t.setModReq(req, nil) }, + } + return res, nil +} + +// CancelRequest cancels an in-flight request by closing its connection. +func (t *Transport) CancelRequest(req *http.Request) { + type canceler interface { + CancelRequest(*http.Request) + } + if cr, ok := t.base().(canceler); ok { + t.mu.Lock() + modReq := t.modReq[req] + delete(t.modReq, req) + t.mu.Unlock() + cr.CancelRequest(modReq) + } +} + +func (t *Transport) base() http.RoundTripper { + if t.Base != nil { + return t.Base + } + return http.DefaultTransport +} + +func (t *Transport) setModReq(orig, mod *http.Request) { + t.mu.Lock() + defer t.mu.Unlock() + if t.modReq == nil { + t.modReq = make(map[*http.Request]*http.Request) + } + if mod == nil { + delete(t.modReq, orig) + } else { + t.modReq[orig] = mod + } +} + +// cloneRequest returns a clone of the provided *http.Request. +// The clone is a shallow copy of the struct and its Header map. +func cloneRequest(r *http.Request) *http.Request { + // shallow copy of the struct + r2 := new(http.Request) + *r2 = *r + // deep copy of the Header + r2.Header = make(http.Header, len(r.Header)) + for k, s := range r.Header { + r2.Header[k] = append([]string(nil), s...) + } + return r2 +} + +type onEOFReader struct { + rc io.ReadCloser + fn func() +} + +func (r *onEOFReader) Read(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + n, err = r.rc.Read(p) + if err == io.EOF { + r.runFunc() + } + return +} + +func (r *onEOFReader) Close() error { + err := r.rc.Close() + r.runFunc() + return err +} + +func (r *onEOFReader) runFunc() { + if fn := r.fn; fn != nil { + fn() + r.fn = nil + } +} diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/backoff.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/backoff.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..135614047 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/backoff.go @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +// Copyright 2016 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gensupport + +import ( + "math/rand" + "time" +) + +type BackoffStrategy interface { + // Pause returns the duration of the next pause and true if the operation should be + // retried, or false if no further retries should be attempted. + Pause() (time.Duration, bool) + + // Reset restores the strategy to its initial state. + Reset() +} + +// ExponentialBackoff performs exponential backoff as per https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exponential_backoff. +// The initial pause time is given by Base. +// Once the total pause time exceeds Max, Pause will indicate no further retries. +type ExponentialBackoff struct { + Base time.Duration + Max time.Duration + total time.Duration + n uint +} + +func (eb *ExponentialBackoff) Pause() (time.Duration, bool) { + if eb.total > eb.Max { + return 0, false + } + + // The next pause is selected from randomly from [0, 2^n * Base). + d := time.Duration(rand.Int63n((1 << eb.n) * int64(eb.Base))) + eb.total += d + eb.n++ + return d, true +} + +func (eb *ExponentialBackoff) Reset() { + eb.n = 0 + eb.total = 0 +} diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/buffer.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/buffer.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..992104911 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/buffer.go @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +// Copyright 2016 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gensupport + +import ( + "bytes" + "io" + + "google.golang.org/api/googleapi" +) + +// MediaBuffer buffers data from an io.Reader to support uploading media in retryable chunks. +type MediaBuffer struct { + media io.Reader + + chunk []byte // The current chunk which is pending upload. The capacity is the chunk size. + err error // Any error generated when populating chunk by reading media. + + // The absolute position of chunk in the underlying media. + off int64 +} + +func NewMediaBuffer(media io.Reader, chunkSize int) *MediaBuffer { + return &MediaBuffer{media: media, chunk: make([]byte, 0, chunkSize)} +} + +// Chunk returns the current buffered chunk, the offset in the underlying media +// from which the chunk is drawn, and the size of the chunk. +// Successive calls to Chunk return the same chunk between calls to Next. +func (mb *MediaBuffer) Chunk() (chunk io.Reader, off int64, size int, err error) { + // There may already be data in chunk if Next has not been called since the previous call to Chunk. + if mb.err == nil && len(mb.chunk) == 0 { + mb.err = mb.loadChunk() + } + return bytes.NewReader(mb.chunk), mb.off, len(mb.chunk), mb.err +} + +// loadChunk will read from media into chunk, up to the capacity of chunk. +func (mb *MediaBuffer) loadChunk() error { + bufSize := cap(mb.chunk) + mb.chunk = mb.chunk[:bufSize] + + read := 0 + var err error + for err == nil && read < bufSize { + var n int + n, err = mb.media.Read(mb.chunk[read:]) + read += n + } + mb.chunk = mb.chunk[:read] + return err +} + +// Next advances to the next chunk, which will be returned by the next call to Chunk. +// Calls to Next without a corresponding prior call to Chunk will have no effect. +func (mb *MediaBuffer) Next() { + mb.off += int64(len(mb.chunk)) + mb.chunk = mb.chunk[0:0] +} + +type readerTyper struct { + io.Reader + googleapi.ContentTyper +} + +// ReaderAtToReader adapts a ReaderAt to be used as a Reader. +// If ra implements googleapi.ContentTyper, then the returned reader +// will also implement googleapi.ContentTyper, delegating to ra. +func ReaderAtToReader(ra io.ReaderAt, size int64) io.Reader { + r := io.NewSectionReader(ra, 0, size) + if typer, ok := ra.(googleapi.ContentTyper); ok { + return readerTyper{r, typer} + } + return r +} diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/doc.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/doc.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..752c4b411 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/doc.go @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +// Copyright 2016 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +// Package gensupport is an internal implementation detail used by code +// generated by the google-api-go-generator tool. +// +// This package may be modified at any time without regard for backwards +// compatibility. It should not be used directly by API users. +package gensupport diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/header.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/header.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb5e67c77 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/header.go @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +// Copyright 2017 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gensupport + +import ( + "fmt" + "runtime" + "strings" +) + +// GoogleClientHeader returns the value to use for the x-goog-api-client +// header, which is used internally by Google. +func GoogleClientHeader(generatorVersion, clientElement string) string { + elts := []string{"gl-go/" + strings.Replace(runtime.Version(), " ", "_", -1)} + if clientElement != "" { + elts = append(elts, clientElement) + } + elts = append(elts, fmt.Sprintf("gdcl/%s", generatorVersion)) + return strings.Join(elts, " ") +} diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/json.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/json.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53331b79b --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/json.go @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +// Copyright 2015 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gensupport + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "reflect" + "strings" +) + +// MarshalJSON returns a JSON encoding of schema containing only selected fields. +// A field is selected if any of the following is true: +// * it has a non-empty value +// * its field name is present in forceSendFields and it is not a nil pointer or nil interface +// * its field name is present in nullFields. +// The JSON key for each selected field is taken from the field's json: struct tag. +func MarshalJSON(schema interface{}, forceSendFields, nullFields []string) ([]byte, error) { + if len(forceSendFields) == 0 && len(nullFields) == 0 { + return json.Marshal(schema) + } + + mustInclude := make(map[string]struct{}) + for _, f := range forceSendFields { + mustInclude[f] = struct{}{} + } + useNull := make(map[string]struct{}) + for _, f := range nullFields { + useNull[f] = struct{}{} + } + + dataMap, err := schemaToMap(schema, mustInclude, useNull) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return json.Marshal(dataMap) +} + +func schemaToMap(schema interface{}, mustInclude, useNull map[string]struct{}) (map[string]interface{}, error) { + m := make(map[string]interface{}) + s := reflect.ValueOf(schema) + st := s.Type() + + for i := 0; i < s.NumField(); i++ { + jsonTag := st.Field(i).Tag.Get("json") + if jsonTag == "" { + continue + } + tag, err := parseJSONTag(jsonTag) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if tag.ignore { + continue + } + + v := s.Field(i) + f := st.Field(i) + + if _, ok := useNull[f.Name]; ok { + if !isEmptyValue(v) { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("field %q in NullFields has non-empty value", f.Name) + } + m[tag.apiName] = nil + continue + } + if !includeField(v, f, mustInclude) { + continue + } + + // nil maps are treated as empty maps. + if f.Type.Kind() == reflect.Map && v.IsNil() { + m[tag.apiName] = map[string]string{} + continue + } + + // nil slices are treated as empty slices. + if f.Type.Kind() == reflect.Slice && v.IsNil() { + m[tag.apiName] = []bool{} + continue + } + + if tag.stringFormat { + m[tag.apiName] = formatAsString(v, f.Type.Kind()) + } else { + m[tag.apiName] = v.Interface() + } + } + return m, nil +} + +// formatAsString returns a string representation of v, dereferencing it first if possible. +func formatAsString(v reflect.Value, kind reflect.Kind) string { + if kind == reflect.Ptr && !v.IsNil() { + v = v.Elem() + } + + return fmt.Sprintf("%v", v.Interface()) +} + +// jsonTag represents a restricted version of the struct tag format used by encoding/json. +// It is used to describe the JSON encoding of fields in a Schema struct. +type jsonTag struct { + apiName string + stringFormat bool + ignore bool +} + +// parseJSONTag parses a restricted version of the struct tag format used by encoding/json. +// The format of the tag must match that generated by the Schema.writeSchemaStruct method +// in the api generator. +func parseJSONTag(val string) (jsonTag, error) { + if val == "-" { + return jsonTag{ignore: true}, nil + } + + var tag jsonTag + + i := strings.Index(val, ",") + if i == -1 || val[:i] == "" { + return tag, fmt.Errorf("malformed json tag: %s", val) + } + + tag = jsonTag{ + apiName: val[:i], + } + + switch val[i+1:] { + case "omitempty": + case "omitempty,string": + tag.stringFormat = true + default: + return tag, fmt.Errorf("malformed json tag: %s", val) + } + + return tag, nil +} + +// Reports whether the struct field "f" with value "v" should be included in JSON output. +func includeField(v reflect.Value, f reflect.StructField, mustInclude map[string]struct{}) bool { + // The regular JSON encoding of a nil pointer is "null", which means "delete this field". + // Therefore, we could enable field deletion by honoring pointer fields' presence in the mustInclude set. + // However, many fields are not pointers, so there would be no way to delete these fields. + // Rather than partially supporting field deletion, we ignore mustInclude for nil pointer fields. + // Deletion will be handled by a separate mechanism. + if f.Type.Kind() == reflect.Ptr && v.IsNil() { + return false + } + + // The "any" type is represented as an interface{}. If this interface + // is nil, there is no reasonable representation to send. We ignore + // these fields, for the same reasons as given above for pointers. + if f.Type.Kind() == reflect.Interface && v.IsNil() { + return false + } + + _, ok := mustInclude[f.Name] + return ok || !isEmptyValue(v) +} + +// isEmptyValue reports whether v is the empty value for its type. This +// implementation is based on that of the encoding/json package, but its +// correctness does not depend on it being identical. What's important is that +// this function return false in situations where v should not be sent as part +// of a PATCH operation. +func isEmptyValue(v reflect.Value) bool { + switch v.Kind() { + case reflect.Array, reflect.Map, reflect.Slice, reflect.String: + return v.Len() == 0 + case reflect.Bool: + return !v.Bool() + case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64: + return v.Int() == 0 + case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64, reflect.Uintptr: + return v.Uint() == 0 + case reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64: + return v.Float() == 0 + case reflect.Interface, reflect.Ptr: + return v.IsNil() + } + return false +} diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/jsonfloat.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/jsonfloat.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb02335d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/jsonfloat.go @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +// Copyright 2016 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved. +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); +// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. +// You may obtain a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, +// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. +// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and +// limitations under the License. + +package gensupport + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "errors" + "fmt" + "math" +) + +// JSONFloat64 is a float64 that supports proper unmarshaling of special float +// values in JSON, according to +// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. Although +// that is a proto-to-JSON spec, it applies to all Google APIs. +// +// The jsonpb package +// (https://github.com/golang/protobuf/blob/master/jsonpb/jsonpb.go) has +// similar functionality, but only for direct translation from proto messages +// to JSON. +type JSONFloat64 float64 + +func (f *JSONFloat64) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) error { + var ff float64 + if err := json.Unmarshal(data, &ff); err == nil { + *f = JSONFloat64(ff) + return nil + } + var s string + if err := json.Unmarshal(data, &s); err == nil { + switch s { + case "NaN": + ff = math.NaN() + case "Infinity": + ff = math.Inf(1) + case "-Infinity": + ff = math.Inf(-1) + default: + return fmt.Errorf("google.golang.org/api/internal: bad float string %q", s) + } + *f = JSONFloat64(ff) + return nil + } + return errors.New("google.golang.org/api/internal: data not float or string") +} diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/media.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/media.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c6410e89a --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/media.go @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +// Copyright 2016 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gensupport + +import ( + "fmt" + "io" + "io/ioutil" + "mime/multipart" + "net/http" + "net/textproto" + + "google.golang.org/api/googleapi" +) + +const sniffBuffSize = 512 + +func newContentSniffer(r io.Reader) *contentSniffer { + return &contentSniffer{r: r} +} + +// contentSniffer wraps a Reader, and reports the content type determined by sniffing up to 512 bytes from the Reader. +type contentSniffer struct { + r io.Reader + start []byte // buffer for the sniffed bytes. + err error // set to any error encountered while reading bytes to be sniffed. + + ctype string // set on first sniff. + sniffed bool // set to true on first sniff. +} + +func (cs *contentSniffer) Read(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + // Ensure that the content type is sniffed before any data is consumed from Reader. + _, _ = cs.ContentType() + + if len(cs.start) > 0 { + n := copy(p, cs.start) + cs.start = cs.start[n:] + return n, nil + } + + // We may have read some bytes into start while sniffing, even if the read ended in an error. + // We should first return those bytes, then the error. + if cs.err != nil { + return 0, cs.err + } + + // Now we have handled all bytes that were buffered while sniffing. Now just delegate to the underlying reader. + return cs.r.Read(p) +} + +// ContentType returns the sniffed content type, and whether the content type was succesfully sniffed. +func (cs *contentSniffer) ContentType() (string, bool) { + if cs.sniffed { + return cs.ctype, cs.ctype != "" + } + cs.sniffed = true + // If ReadAll hits EOF, it returns err==nil. + cs.start, cs.err = ioutil.ReadAll(io.LimitReader(cs.r, sniffBuffSize)) + + // Don't try to detect the content type based on possibly incomplete data. + if cs.err != nil { + return "", false + } + + cs.ctype = http.DetectContentType(cs.start) + return cs.ctype, true +} + +// DetermineContentType determines the content type of the supplied reader. +// If the content type is already known, it can be specified via ctype. +// Otherwise, the content of media will be sniffed to determine the content type. +// If media implements googleapi.ContentTyper (deprecated), this will be used +// instead of sniffing the content. +// After calling DetectContentType the caller must not perform further reads on +// media, but rather read from the Reader that is returned. +func DetermineContentType(media io.Reader, ctype string) (io.Reader, string) { + // Note: callers could avoid calling DetectContentType if ctype != "", + // but doing the check inside this function reduces the amount of + // generated code. + if ctype != "" { + return media, ctype + } + + // For backwards compatability, allow clients to set content + // type by providing a ContentTyper for media. + if typer, ok := media.(googleapi.ContentTyper); ok { + return media, typer.ContentType() + } + + sniffer := newContentSniffer(media) + if ctype, ok := sniffer.ContentType(); ok { + return sniffer, ctype + } + // If content type could not be sniffed, reads from sniffer will eventually fail with an error. + return sniffer, "" +} + +type typeReader struct { + io.Reader + typ string +} + +// multipartReader combines the contents of multiple readers to creat a multipart/related HTTP body. +// Close must be called if reads from the multipartReader are abandoned before reaching EOF. +type multipartReader struct { + pr *io.PipeReader + pipeOpen bool + ctype string +} + +func newMultipartReader(parts []typeReader) *multipartReader { + mp := &multipartReader{pipeOpen: true} + var pw *io.PipeWriter + mp.pr, pw = io.Pipe() + mpw := multipart.NewWriter(pw) + mp.ctype = "multipart/related; boundary=" + mpw.Boundary() + go func() { + for _, part := range parts { + w, err := mpw.CreatePart(typeHeader(part.typ)) + if err != nil { + mpw.Close() + pw.CloseWithError(fmt.Errorf("googleapi: CreatePart failed: %v", err)) + return + } + _, err = io.Copy(w, part.Reader) + if err != nil { + mpw.Close() + pw.CloseWithError(fmt.Errorf("googleapi: Copy failed: %v", err)) + return + } + } + + mpw.Close() + pw.Close() + }() + return mp +} + +func (mp *multipartReader) Read(data []byte) (n int, err error) { + return mp.pr.Read(data) +} + +func (mp *multipartReader) Close() error { + if !mp.pipeOpen { + return nil + } + mp.pipeOpen = false + return mp.pr.Close() +} + +// CombineBodyMedia combines a json body with media content to create a multipart/related HTTP body. +// It returns a ReadCloser containing the combined body, and the overall "multipart/related" content type, with random boundary. +// +// The caller must call Close on the returned ReadCloser if reads are abandoned before reaching EOF. +func CombineBodyMedia(body io.Reader, bodyContentType string, media io.Reader, mediaContentType string) (io.ReadCloser, string) { + mp := newMultipartReader([]typeReader{ + {body, bodyContentType}, + {media, mediaContentType}, + }) + return mp, mp.ctype +} + +func typeHeader(contentType string) textproto.MIMEHeader { + h := make(textproto.MIMEHeader) + if contentType != "" { + h.Set("Content-Type", contentType) + } + return h +} + +// PrepareUpload determines whether the data in the supplied reader should be +// uploaded in a single request, or in sequential chunks. +// chunkSize is the size of the chunk that media should be split into. +// If chunkSize is non-zero and the contents of media do not fit in a single +// chunk (or there is an error reading media), then media will be returned as a +// MediaBuffer. Otherwise, media will be returned as a Reader. +// +// After PrepareUpload has been called, media should no longer be used: the +// media content should be accessed via one of the return values. +func PrepareUpload(media io.Reader, chunkSize int) (io.Reader, *MediaBuffer) { + if chunkSize == 0 { // do not chunk + return media, nil + } + + mb := NewMediaBuffer(media, chunkSize) + rdr, _, _, err := mb.Chunk() + + if err == io.EOF { // we can upload this in a single request + return rdr, nil + } + // err might be a non-EOF error. If it is, the next call to mb.Chunk will + // return the same error. Returning a MediaBuffer ensures that this error + // will be handled at some point. + + return nil, mb +} diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/params.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/params.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b3c74396 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/params.go @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +// Copyright 2015 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gensupport + +import ( + "net/url" + + "google.golang.org/api/googleapi" +) + +// URLParams is a simplified replacement for url.Values +// that safely builds up URL parameters for encoding. +type URLParams map[string][]string + +// Get returns the first value for the given key, or "". +func (u URLParams) Get(key string) string { + vs := u[key] + if len(vs) == 0 { + return "" + } + return vs[0] +} + +// Set sets the key to value. +// It replaces any existing values. +func (u URLParams) Set(key, value string) { + u[key] = []string{value} +} + +// SetMulti sets the key to an array of values. +// It replaces any existing values. +// Note that values must not be modified after calling SetMulti +// so the caller is responsible for making a copy if necessary. +func (u URLParams) SetMulti(key string, values []string) { + u[key] = values +} + +// Encode encodes the values into ``URL encoded'' form +// ("bar=baz&foo=quux") sorted by key. +func (u URLParams) Encode() string { + return url.Values(u).Encode() +} + +func SetOptions(u URLParams, opts ...googleapi.CallOption) { + for _, o := range opts { + u.Set(o.Get()) + } +} diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/resumable.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/resumable.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dcd591f7f --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/resumable.go @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ +// Copyright 2016 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gensupport + +import ( + "errors" + "fmt" + "io" + "net/http" + "sync" + "time" + + "golang.org/x/net/context" +) + +const ( + // statusTooManyRequests is returned by the storage API if the + // per-project limits have been temporarily exceeded. The request + // should be retried. + // https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/v1/status-codes#standardcodes + statusTooManyRequests = 429 +) + +// ResumableUpload is used by the generated APIs to provide resumable uploads. +// It is not used by developers directly. +type ResumableUpload struct { + Client *http.Client + // URI is the resumable resource destination provided by the server after specifying "&uploadType=resumable". + URI string + UserAgent string // User-Agent for header of the request + // Media is the object being uploaded. + Media *MediaBuffer + // MediaType defines the media type, e.g. "image/jpeg". + MediaType string + + mu sync.Mutex // guards progress + progress int64 // number of bytes uploaded so far + + // Callback is an optional function that will be periodically called with the cumulative number of bytes uploaded. + Callback func(int64) + + // If not specified, a default exponential backoff strategy will be used. + Backoff BackoffStrategy +} + +// Progress returns the number of bytes uploaded at this point. +func (rx *ResumableUpload) Progress() int64 { + rx.mu.Lock() + defer rx.mu.Unlock() + return rx.progress +} + +// doUploadRequest performs a single HTTP request to upload data. +// off specifies the offset in rx.Media from which data is drawn. +// size is the number of bytes in data. +// final specifies whether data is the final chunk to be uploaded. +func (rx *ResumableUpload) doUploadRequest(ctx context.Context, data io.Reader, off, size int64, final bool) (*http.Response, error) { + req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", rx.URI, data) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + req.ContentLength = size + var contentRange string + if final { + if size == 0 { + contentRange = fmt.Sprintf("bytes */%v", off) + } else { + contentRange = fmt.Sprintf("bytes %v-%v/%v", off, off+size-1, off+size) + } + } else { + contentRange = fmt.Sprintf("bytes %v-%v/*", off, off+size-1) + } + req.Header.Set("Content-Range", contentRange) + req.Header.Set("Content-Type", rx.MediaType) + req.Header.Set("User-Agent", rx.UserAgent) + + // Google's upload endpoint uses status code 308 for a + // different purpose than the "308 Permanent Redirect" + // since-standardized in RFC 7238. Because of the conflict in + // semantics, Google added this new request header which + // causes it to not use "308" and instead reply with 200 OK + // and sets the upload-specific "X-HTTP-Status-Code-Override: + // 308" response header. + req.Header.Set("X-GUploader-No-308", "yes") + + return SendRequest(ctx, rx.Client, req) +} + +func statusResumeIncomplete(resp *http.Response) bool { + // This is how the server signals "status resume incomplete" + // when X-GUploader-No-308 is set to "yes": + return resp != nil && resp.Header.Get("X-Http-Status-Code-Override") == "308" +} + +// reportProgress calls a user-supplied callback to report upload progress. +// If old==updated, the callback is not called. +func (rx *ResumableUpload) reportProgress(old, updated int64) { + if updated-old == 0 { + return + } + rx.mu.Lock() + rx.progress = updated + rx.mu.Unlock() + if rx.Callback != nil { + rx.Callback(updated) + } +} + +// transferChunk performs a single HTTP request to upload a single chunk from rx.Media. +func (rx *ResumableUpload) transferChunk(ctx context.Context) (*http.Response, error) { + chunk, off, size, err := rx.Media.Chunk() + + done := err == io.EOF + if !done && err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + res, err := rx.doUploadRequest(ctx, chunk, off, int64(size), done) + if err != nil { + return res, err + } + + // We sent "X-GUploader-No-308: yes" (see comment elsewhere in + // this file), so we don't expect to get a 308. + if res.StatusCode == 308 { + return nil, errors.New("unexpected 308 response status code") + } + + if res.StatusCode == http.StatusOK { + rx.reportProgress(off, off+int64(size)) + } + + if statusResumeIncomplete(res) { + rx.Media.Next() + } + return res, nil +} + +func contextDone(ctx context.Context) bool { + select { + case <-ctx.Done(): + return true + default: + return false + } +} + +// Upload starts the process of a resumable upload with a cancellable context. +// It retries using the provided back off strategy until cancelled or the +// strategy indicates to stop retrying. +// It is called from the auto-generated API code and is not visible to the user. +// Before sending an HTTP request, Upload calls any registered hook functions, +// and calls the returned functions after the request returns (see send.go). +// rx is private to the auto-generated API code. +// Exactly one of resp or err will be nil. If resp is non-nil, the caller must call resp.Body.Close. +func (rx *ResumableUpload) Upload(ctx context.Context) (resp *http.Response, err error) { + var pause time.Duration + backoff := rx.Backoff + if backoff == nil { + backoff = DefaultBackoffStrategy() + } + + for { + // Ensure that we return in the case of cancelled context, even if pause is 0. + if contextDone(ctx) { + return nil, ctx.Err() + } + select { + case <-ctx.Done(): + return nil, ctx.Err() + case <-time.After(pause): + } + + resp, err = rx.transferChunk(ctx) + + var status int + if resp != nil { + status = resp.StatusCode + } + + // Check if we should retry the request. + if shouldRetry(status, err) { + var retry bool + pause, retry = backoff.Pause() + if retry { + if resp != nil && resp.Body != nil { + resp.Body.Close() + } + continue + } + } + + // If the chunk was uploaded successfully, but there's still + // more to go, upload the next chunk without any delay. + if statusResumeIncomplete(resp) { + pause = 0 + backoff.Reset() + resp.Body.Close() + continue + } + + // It's possible for err and resp to both be non-nil here, but we expose a simpler + // contract to our callers: exactly one of resp and err will be non-nil. This means + // that any response body must be closed here before returning a non-nil error. + if err != nil { + if resp != nil && resp.Body != nil { + resp.Body.Close() + } + return nil, err + } + + return resp, nil + } +} diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/retry.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/retry.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c60b3c394 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/retry.go @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +// Copyright 2017 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved. +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); +// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. +// You may obtain a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, +// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. +// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and +// limitations under the License. + +package gensupport + +import ( + "io" + "net" + "net/http" + "time" + + "golang.org/x/net/context" +) + +// Retry invokes the given function, retrying it multiple times if the connection failed or +// the HTTP status response indicates the request should be attempted again. ctx may be nil. +func Retry(ctx context.Context, f func() (*http.Response, error), backoff BackoffStrategy) (*http.Response, error) { + for { + resp, err := f() + + var status int + if resp != nil { + status = resp.StatusCode + } + + // Return if we shouldn't retry. + pause, retry := backoff.Pause() + if !shouldRetry(status, err) || !retry { + return resp, err + } + + // Ensure the response body is closed, if any. + if resp != nil && resp.Body != nil { + resp.Body.Close() + } + + // Pause, but still listen to ctx.Done if context is not nil. + var done <-chan struct{} + if ctx != nil { + done = ctx.Done() + } + select { + case <-done: + return nil, ctx.Err() + case <-time.After(pause): + } + } +} + +// DefaultBackoffStrategy returns a default strategy to use for retrying failed upload requests. +func DefaultBackoffStrategy() BackoffStrategy { + return &ExponentialBackoff{ + Base: 250 * time.Millisecond, + Max: 16 * time.Second, + } +} + +// shouldRetry returns true if the HTTP response / error indicates that the +// request should be attempted again. +func shouldRetry(status int, err error) bool { + if 500 <= status && status <= 599 { + return true + } + if status == statusTooManyRequests { + return true + } + if err == io.ErrUnexpectedEOF { + return true + } + if err, ok := err.(net.Error); ok { + return err.Temporary() + } + return false +} diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/send.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/send.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d22f638f --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/gensupport/send.go @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +// Copyright 2016 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package gensupport + +import ( + "net/http" + + "golang.org/x/net/context" + "golang.org/x/net/context/ctxhttp" +) + +// Hook is the type of a function that is called once before each HTTP request +// that is sent by a generated API. It returns a function that is called after +// the request returns. +// Hooks are not called if the context is nil. +type Hook func(ctx context.Context, req *http.Request) func(resp *http.Response) + +var hooks []Hook + +// RegisterHook registers a Hook to be called before each HTTP request by a +// generated API. Hooks are called in the order they are registered. Each +// hook can return a function; if it is non-nil, it is called after the HTTP +// request returns. These functions are called in the reverse order. +// RegisterHook should not be called concurrently with itself or SendRequest. +func RegisterHook(h Hook) { + hooks = append(hooks, h) +} + +// SendRequest sends a single HTTP request using the given client. +// If ctx is non-nil, it calls all hooks, then sends the request with +// ctxhttp.Do, then calls any functions returned by the hooks in reverse order. +func SendRequest(ctx context.Context, client *http.Client, req *http.Request) (*http.Response, error) { + if ctx == nil { + return client.Do(req) + } + // Call hooks in order of registration, store returned funcs. + post := make([]func(resp *http.Response), len(hooks)) + for i, h := range hooks { + fn := h(ctx, req) + post[i] = fn + } + + // Send request. + resp, err := ctxhttp.Do(ctx, client, req) + + // Call returned funcs in reverse order. + for i := len(post) - 1; i >= 0; i-- { + if fn := post[i]; fn != nil { + fn(resp) + } + } + return resp, err +} diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/googleapi.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/googleapi.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6e15be35 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/googleapi.go @@ -0,0 +1,406 @@ +// Copyright 2011 Google Inc. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +// Package googleapi contains the common code shared by all Google API +// libraries. +package googleapi // import "google.golang.org/api/googleapi" + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "io" + "io/ioutil" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" + + "google.golang.org/api/googleapi/internal/uritemplates" +) + +// ContentTyper is an interface for Readers which know (or would like +// to override) their Content-Type. If a media body doesn't implement +// ContentTyper, the type is sniffed from the content using +// http.DetectContentType. +type ContentTyper interface { + ContentType() string +} + +// A SizeReaderAt is a ReaderAt with a Size method. +// An io.SectionReader implements SizeReaderAt. +type SizeReaderAt interface { + io.ReaderAt + Size() int64 +} + +// ServerResponse is embedded in each Do response and +// provides the HTTP status code and header sent by the server. +type ServerResponse struct { + // HTTPStatusCode is the server's response status code. + // When using a resource method's Do call, this will always be in the 2xx range. + HTTPStatusCode int + // Header contains the response header fields from the server. + Header http.Header +} + +const ( + Version = "0.5" + + // UserAgent is the header string used to identify this package. + UserAgent = "google-api-go-client/" + Version + + // The default chunk size to use for resumable uploads if not specified by the user. + DefaultUploadChunkSize = 8 * 1024 * 1024 + + // The minimum chunk size that can be used for resumable uploads. All + // user-specified chunk sizes must be multiple of this value. + MinUploadChunkSize = 256 * 1024 +) + +// Error contains an error response from the server. +type Error struct { + // Code is the HTTP response status code and will always be populated. + Code int `json:"code"` + // Message is the server response message and is only populated when + // explicitly referenced by the JSON server response. + Message string `json:"message"` + // Body is the raw response returned by the server. + // It is often but not always JSON, depending on how the request fails. + Body string + // Header contains the response header fields from the server. + Header http.Header + + Errors []ErrorItem +} + +// ErrorItem is a detailed error code & message from the Google API frontend. +type ErrorItem struct { + // Reason is the typed error code. For example: "some_example". + Reason string `json:"reason"` + // Message is the human-readable description of the error. + Message string `json:"message"` +} + +func (e *Error) Error() string { + if len(e.Errors) == 0 && e.Message == "" { + return fmt.Sprintf("googleapi: got HTTP response code %d with body: %v", e.Code, e.Body) + } + var buf bytes.Buffer + fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "googleapi: Error %d: ", e.Code) + if e.Message != "" { + fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "%s", e.Message) + } + if len(e.Errors) == 0 { + return strings.TrimSpace(buf.String()) + } + if len(e.Errors) == 1 && e.Errors[0].Message == e.Message { + fmt.Fprintf(&buf, ", %s", e.Errors[0].Reason) + return buf.String() + } + fmt.Fprintln(&buf, "\nMore details:") + for _, v := range e.Errors { + fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "Reason: %s, Message: %s\n", v.Reason, v.Message) + } + return buf.String() +} + +type errorReply struct { + Error *Error `json:"error"` +} + +// CheckResponse returns an error (of type *Error) if the response +// status code is not 2xx. +func CheckResponse(res *http.Response) error { + if res.StatusCode >= 200 && res.StatusCode <= 299 { + return nil + } + slurp, err := ioutil.ReadAll(res.Body) + if err == nil { + jerr := new(errorReply) + err = json.Unmarshal(slurp, jerr) + if err == nil && jerr.Error != nil { + if jerr.Error.Code == 0 { + jerr.Error.Code = res.StatusCode + } + jerr.Error.Body = string(slurp) + return jerr.Error + } + } + return &Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Body: string(slurp), + Header: res.Header, + } +} + +// IsNotModified reports whether err is the result of the +// server replying with http.StatusNotModified. +// Such error values are sometimes returned by "Do" methods +// on calls when If-None-Match is used. +func IsNotModified(err error) bool { + if err == nil { + return false + } + ae, ok := err.(*Error) + return ok && ae.Code == http.StatusNotModified +} + +// CheckMediaResponse returns an error (of type *Error) if the response +// status code is not 2xx. Unlike CheckResponse it does not assume the +// body is a JSON error document. +// It is the caller's responsibility to close res.Body. +func CheckMediaResponse(res *http.Response) error { + if res.StatusCode >= 200 && res.StatusCode <= 299 { + return nil + } + slurp, _ := ioutil.ReadAll(io.LimitReader(res.Body, 1<<20)) + return &Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Body: string(slurp), + } +} + +type MarshalStyle bool + +var WithDataWrapper = MarshalStyle(true) +var WithoutDataWrapper = MarshalStyle(false) + +func (wrap MarshalStyle) JSONReader(v interface{}) (io.Reader, error) { + buf := new(bytes.Buffer) + if wrap { + buf.Write([]byte(`{"data": `)) + } + err := json.NewEncoder(buf).Encode(v) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if wrap { + buf.Write([]byte(`}`)) + } + return buf, nil +} + +// endingWithErrorReader from r until it returns an error. If the +// final error from r is io.EOF and e is non-nil, e is used instead. +type endingWithErrorReader struct { + r io.Reader + e error +} + +func (er endingWithErrorReader) Read(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + n, err = er.r.Read(p) + if err == io.EOF && er.e != nil { + err = er.e + } + return +} + +// countingWriter counts the number of bytes it receives to write, but +// discards them. +type countingWriter struct { + n *int64 +} + +func (w countingWriter) Write(p []byte) (int, error) { + *w.n += int64(len(p)) + return len(p), nil +} + +// ProgressUpdater is a function that is called upon every progress update of a resumable upload. +// This is the only part of a resumable upload (from googleapi) that is usable by the developer. +// The remaining usable pieces of resumable uploads is exposed in each auto-generated API. +type ProgressUpdater func(current, total int64) + +type MediaOption interface { + setOptions(o *MediaOptions) +} + +type contentTypeOption string + +func (ct contentTypeOption) setOptions(o *MediaOptions) { + o.ContentType = string(ct) + if o.ContentType == "" { + o.ForceEmptyContentType = true + } +} + +// ContentType returns a MediaOption which sets the Content-Type header for media uploads. +// If ctype is empty, the Content-Type header will be omitted. +func ContentType(ctype string) MediaOption { + return contentTypeOption(ctype) +} + +type chunkSizeOption int + +func (cs chunkSizeOption) setOptions(o *MediaOptions) { + size := int(cs) + if size%MinUploadChunkSize != 0 { + size += MinUploadChunkSize - (size % MinUploadChunkSize) + } + o.ChunkSize = size +} + +// ChunkSize returns a MediaOption which sets the chunk size for media uploads. +// size will be rounded up to the nearest multiple of 256K. +// Media which contains fewer than size bytes will be uploaded in a single request. +// Media which contains size bytes or more will be uploaded in separate chunks. +// If size is zero, media will be uploaded in a single request. +func ChunkSize(size int) MediaOption { + return chunkSizeOption(size) +} + +// MediaOptions stores options for customizing media upload. It is not used by developers directly. +type MediaOptions struct { + ContentType string + ForceEmptyContentType bool + + ChunkSize int +} + +// ProcessMediaOptions stores options from opts in a MediaOptions. +// It is not used by developers directly. +func ProcessMediaOptions(opts []MediaOption) *MediaOptions { + mo := &MediaOptions{ChunkSize: DefaultUploadChunkSize} + for _, o := range opts { + o.setOptions(mo) + } + return mo +} + +func ResolveRelative(basestr, relstr string) string { + u, _ := url.Parse(basestr) + rel, _ := url.Parse(relstr) + u = u.ResolveReference(rel) + us := u.String() + us = strings.Replace(us, "%7B", "{", -1) + us = strings.Replace(us, "%7D", "}", -1) + return us +} + +// Expand subsitutes any {encoded} strings in the URL passed in using +// the map supplied. +// +// This calls SetOpaque to avoid encoding of the parameters in the URL path. +func Expand(u *url.URL, expansions map[string]string) { + escaped, unescaped, err := uritemplates.Expand(u.Path, expansions) + if err == nil { + u.Path = unescaped + u.RawPath = escaped + } +} + +// CloseBody is used to close res.Body. +// Prior to calling Close, it also tries to Read a small amount to see an EOF. +// Not seeing an EOF can prevent HTTP Transports from reusing connections. +func CloseBody(res *http.Response) { + if res == nil || res.Body == nil { + return + } + // Justification for 3 byte reads: two for up to "\r\n" after + // a JSON/XML document, and then 1 to see EOF if we haven't yet. + // TODO(bradfitz): detect Go 1.3+ and skip these reads. + // See https://codereview.appspot.com/58240043 + // and https://codereview.appspot.com/49570044 + buf := make([]byte, 1) + for i := 0; i < 3; i++ { + _, err := res.Body.Read(buf) + if err != nil { + break + } + } + res.Body.Close() + +} + +// VariantType returns the type name of the given variant. +// If the map doesn't contain the named key or the value is not a []interface{}, "" is returned. +// This is used to support "variant" APIs that can return one of a number of different types. +func VariantType(t map[string]interface{}) string { + s, _ := t["type"].(string) + return s +} + +// ConvertVariant uses the JSON encoder/decoder to fill in the struct 'dst' with the fields found in variant 'v'. +// This is used to support "variant" APIs that can return one of a number of different types. +// It reports whether the conversion was successful. +func ConvertVariant(v map[string]interface{}, dst interface{}) bool { + var buf bytes.Buffer + err := json.NewEncoder(&buf).Encode(v) + if err != nil { + return false + } + return json.Unmarshal(buf.Bytes(), dst) == nil +} + +// A Field names a field to be retrieved with a partial response. +// See https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse +// +// Partial responses can dramatically reduce the amount of data that must be sent to your application. +// In order to request partial responses, you can specify the full list of fields +// that your application needs by adding the Fields option to your request. +// +// Field strings use camelCase with leading lower-case characters to identify fields within the response. +// +// For example, if your response has a "NextPageToken" and a slice of "Items" with "Id" fields, +// you could request just those fields like this: +// +// svc.Events.List().Fields("nextPageToken", "items/id").Do() +// +// or if you were also interested in each Item's "Updated" field, you can combine them like this: +// +// svc.Events.List().Fields("nextPageToken", "items(id,updated)").Do() +// +// More information about field formatting can be found here: +// https://developers.google.com/+/api/#fields-syntax +// +// Another way to find field names is through the Google API explorer: +// https://developers.google.com/apis-explorer/#p/ +type Field string + +// CombineFields combines fields into a single string. +func CombineFields(s []Field) string { + r := make([]string, len(s)) + for i, v := range s { + r[i] = string(v) + } + return strings.Join(r, ",") +} + +// A CallOption is an optional argument to an API call. +// It should be treated as an opaque value by users of Google APIs. +// +// A CallOption is something that configures an API call in a way that is +// not specific to that API; for instance, controlling the quota user for +// an API call is common across many APIs, and is thus a CallOption. +type CallOption interface { + Get() (key, value string) +} + +// QuotaUser returns a CallOption that will set the quota user for a call. +// The quota user can be used by server-side applications to control accounting. +// It can be an arbitrary string up to 40 characters, and will override UserIP +// if both are provided. +func QuotaUser(u string) CallOption { return quotaUser(u) } + +type quotaUser string + +func (q quotaUser) Get() (string, string) { return "quotaUser", string(q) } + +// UserIP returns a CallOption that will set the "userIp" parameter of a call. +// This should be the IP address of the originating request. +func UserIP(ip string) CallOption { return userIP(ip) } + +type userIP string + +func (i userIP) Get() (string, string) { return "userIp", string(i) } + +// Trace returns a CallOption that enables diagnostic tracing for a call. +// traceToken is an ID supplied by Google support. +func Trace(traceToken string) CallOption { return traceTok(traceToken) } + +type traceTok string + +func (t traceTok) Get() (string, string) { return "trace", "token:" + string(t) } + +// TODO: Fields too diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/internal/uritemplates/LICENSE b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/internal/uritemplates/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de9c88cb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/internal/uritemplates/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +Copyright (c) 2013 Joshua Tacoma + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of +the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, +subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS +FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR +COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER +IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN +CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/internal/uritemplates/uritemplates.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/internal/uritemplates/uritemplates.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63bf05383 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/internal/uritemplates/uritemplates.go @@ -0,0 +1,248 @@ +// Copyright 2013 Joshua Tacoma. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +// Package uritemplates is a level 3 implementation of RFC 6570 (URI +// Template, http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6570). +// uritemplates does not support composite values (in Go: slices or maps) +// and so does not qualify as a level 4 implementation. +package uritemplates + +import ( + "bytes" + "errors" + "regexp" + "strconv" + "strings" +) + +var ( + unreserved = regexp.MustCompile("[^A-Za-z0-9\\-._~]") + reserved = regexp.MustCompile("[^A-Za-z0-9\\-._~:/?#[\\]@!$&'()*+,;=]") + validname = regexp.MustCompile("^([A-Za-z0-9_\\.]|%[0-9A-Fa-f][0-9A-Fa-f])+$") + hex = []byte("0123456789ABCDEF") +) + +func pctEncode(src []byte) []byte { + dst := make([]byte, len(src)*3) + for i, b := range src { + buf := dst[i*3 : i*3+3] + buf[0] = 0x25 + buf[1] = hex[b/16] + buf[2] = hex[b%16] + } + return dst +} + +// pairWriter is a convenience struct which allows escaped and unescaped +// versions of the template to be written in parallel. +type pairWriter struct { + escaped, unescaped bytes.Buffer +} + +// Write writes the provided string directly without any escaping. +func (w *pairWriter) Write(s string) { + w.escaped.WriteString(s) + w.unescaped.WriteString(s) +} + +// Escape writes the provided string, escaping the string for the +// escaped output. +func (w *pairWriter) Escape(s string, allowReserved bool) { + w.unescaped.WriteString(s) + if allowReserved { + w.escaped.Write(reserved.ReplaceAllFunc([]byte(s), pctEncode)) + } else { + w.escaped.Write(unreserved.ReplaceAllFunc([]byte(s), pctEncode)) + } +} + +// Escaped returns the escaped string. +func (w *pairWriter) Escaped() string { + return w.escaped.String() +} + +// Unescaped returns the unescaped string. +func (w *pairWriter) Unescaped() string { + return w.unescaped.String() +} + +// A uriTemplate is a parsed representation of a URI template. +type uriTemplate struct { + raw string + parts []templatePart +} + +// parse parses a URI template string into a uriTemplate object. +func parse(rawTemplate string) (*uriTemplate, error) { + split := strings.Split(rawTemplate, "{") + parts := make([]templatePart, len(split)*2-1) + for i, s := range split { + if i == 0 { + if strings.Contains(s, "}") { + return nil, errors.New("unexpected }") + } + parts[i].raw = s + continue + } + subsplit := strings.Split(s, "}") + if len(subsplit) != 2 { + return nil, errors.New("malformed template") + } + expression := subsplit[0] + var err error + parts[i*2-1], err = parseExpression(expression) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + parts[i*2].raw = subsplit[1] + } + return &uriTemplate{ + raw: rawTemplate, + parts: parts, + }, nil +} + +type templatePart struct { + raw string + terms []templateTerm + first string + sep string + named bool + ifemp string + allowReserved bool +} + +type templateTerm struct { + name string + explode bool + truncate int +} + +func parseExpression(expression string) (result templatePart, err error) { + switch expression[0] { + case '+': + result.sep = "," + result.allowReserved = true + expression = expression[1:] + case '.': + result.first = "." + result.sep = "." + expression = expression[1:] + case '/': + result.first = "/" + result.sep = "/" + expression = expression[1:] + case ';': + result.first = ";" + result.sep = ";" + result.named = true + expression = expression[1:] + case '?': + result.first = "?" + result.sep = "&" + result.named = true + result.ifemp = "=" + expression = expression[1:] + case '&': + result.first = "&" + result.sep = "&" + result.named = true + result.ifemp = "=" + expression = expression[1:] + case '#': + result.first = "#" + result.sep = "," + result.allowReserved = true + expression = expression[1:] + default: + result.sep = "," + } + rawterms := strings.Split(expression, ",") + result.terms = make([]templateTerm, len(rawterms)) + for i, raw := range rawterms { + result.terms[i], err = parseTerm(raw) + if err != nil { + break + } + } + return result, err +} + +func parseTerm(term string) (result templateTerm, err error) { + // TODO(djd): Remove "*" suffix parsing once we check that no APIs have + // mistakenly used that attribute. + if strings.HasSuffix(term, "*") { + result.explode = true + term = term[:len(term)-1] + } + split := strings.Split(term, ":") + if len(split) == 1 { + result.name = term + } else if len(split) == 2 { + result.name = split[0] + var parsed int64 + parsed, err = strconv.ParseInt(split[1], 10, 0) + result.truncate = int(parsed) + } else { + err = errors.New("multiple colons in same term") + } + if !validname.MatchString(result.name) { + err = errors.New("not a valid name: " + result.name) + } + if result.explode && result.truncate > 0 { + err = errors.New("both explode and prefix modifers on same term") + } + return result, err +} + +// Expand expands a URI template with a set of values to produce the +// resultant URI. Two forms of the result are returned: one with all the +// elements escaped, and one with the elements unescaped. +func (t *uriTemplate) Expand(values map[string]string) (escaped, unescaped string) { + var w pairWriter + for _, p := range t.parts { + p.expand(&w, values) + } + return w.Escaped(), w.Unescaped() +} + +func (tp *templatePart) expand(w *pairWriter, values map[string]string) { + if len(tp.raw) > 0 { + w.Write(tp.raw) + return + } + var first = true + for _, term := range tp.terms { + value, exists := values[term.name] + if !exists { + continue + } + if first { + w.Write(tp.first) + first = false + } else { + w.Write(tp.sep) + } + tp.expandString(w, term, value) + } +} + +func (tp *templatePart) expandName(w *pairWriter, name string, empty bool) { + if tp.named { + w.Write(name) + if empty { + w.Write(tp.ifemp) + } else { + w.Write("=") + } + } +} + +func (tp *templatePart) expandString(w *pairWriter, t templateTerm, s string) { + if len(s) > t.truncate && t.truncate > 0 { + s = s[:t.truncate] + } + tp.expandName(w, t.name, len(s) == 0) + w.Escape(s, tp.allowReserved) +} diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/internal/uritemplates/utils.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/internal/uritemplates/utils.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e70b8154 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/internal/uritemplates/utils.go @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +// Copyright 2016 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package uritemplates + +// Expand parses then expands a URI template with a set of values to produce +// the resultant URI. Two forms of the result are returned: one with all the +// elements escaped, and one with the elements unescaped. +func Expand(path string, values map[string]string) (escaped, unescaped string, err error) { + template, err := parse(path) + if err != nil { + return "", "", err + } + escaped, unescaped = template.Expand(values) + return escaped, unescaped, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/types.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/types.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c8fdd5416 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/types.go @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +// Copyright 2013 Google Inc. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package googleapi + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "errors" + "strconv" +) + +// Int64s is a slice of int64s that marshal as quoted strings in JSON. +type Int64s []int64 + +func (q *Int64s) UnmarshalJSON(raw []byte) error { + *q = (*q)[:0] + var ss []string + if err := json.Unmarshal(raw, &ss); err != nil { + return err + } + for _, s := range ss { + v, err := strconv.ParseInt(s, 10, 64) + if err != nil { + return err + } + *q = append(*q, int64(v)) + } + return nil +} + +// Int32s is a slice of int32s that marshal as quoted strings in JSON. +type Int32s []int32 + +func (q *Int32s) UnmarshalJSON(raw []byte) error { + *q = (*q)[:0] + var ss []string + if err := json.Unmarshal(raw, &ss); err != nil { + return err + } + for _, s := range ss { + v, err := strconv.ParseInt(s, 10, 32) + if err != nil { + return err + } + *q = append(*q, int32(v)) + } + return nil +} + +// Uint64s is a slice of uint64s that marshal as quoted strings in JSON. +type Uint64s []uint64 + +func (q *Uint64s) UnmarshalJSON(raw []byte) error { + *q = (*q)[:0] + var ss []string + if err := json.Unmarshal(raw, &ss); err != nil { + return err + } + for _, s := range ss { + v, err := strconv.ParseUint(s, 10, 64) + if err != nil { + return err + } + *q = append(*q, uint64(v)) + } + return nil +} + +// Uint32s is a slice of uint32s that marshal as quoted strings in JSON. +type Uint32s []uint32 + +func (q *Uint32s) UnmarshalJSON(raw []byte) error { + *q = (*q)[:0] + var ss []string + if err := json.Unmarshal(raw, &ss); err != nil { + return err + } + for _, s := range ss { + v, err := strconv.ParseUint(s, 10, 32) + if err != nil { + return err + } + *q = append(*q, uint32(v)) + } + return nil +} + +// Float64s is a slice of float64s that marshal as quoted strings in JSON. +type Float64s []float64 + +func (q *Float64s) UnmarshalJSON(raw []byte) error { + *q = (*q)[:0] + var ss []string + if err := json.Unmarshal(raw, &ss); err != nil { + return err + } + for _, s := range ss { + v, err := strconv.ParseFloat(s, 64) + if err != nil { + return err + } + *q = append(*q, float64(v)) + } + return nil +} + +func quotedList(n int, fn func(dst []byte, i int) []byte) ([]byte, error) { + dst := make([]byte, 0, 2+n*10) // somewhat arbitrary + dst = append(dst, '[') + for i := 0; i < n; i++ { + if i > 0 { + dst = append(dst, ',') + } + dst = append(dst, '"') + dst = fn(dst, i) + dst = append(dst, '"') + } + dst = append(dst, ']') + return dst, nil +} + +func (s Int64s) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return quotedList(len(s), func(dst []byte, i int) []byte { + return strconv.AppendInt(dst, s[i], 10) + }) +} + +func (s Int32s) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return quotedList(len(s), func(dst []byte, i int) []byte { + return strconv.AppendInt(dst, int64(s[i]), 10) + }) +} + +func (s Uint64s) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return quotedList(len(s), func(dst []byte, i int) []byte { + return strconv.AppendUint(dst, s[i], 10) + }) +} + +func (s Uint32s) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return quotedList(len(s), func(dst []byte, i int) []byte { + return strconv.AppendUint(dst, uint64(s[i]), 10) + }) +} + +func (s Float64s) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return quotedList(len(s), func(dst []byte, i int) []byte { + return strconv.AppendFloat(dst, s[i], 'g', -1, 64) + }) +} + +// RawMessage is a raw encoded JSON value. +// It is identical to json.RawMessage, except it does not suffer from +// https://golang.org/issue/14493. +type RawMessage []byte + +// MarshalJSON returns m. +func (m RawMessage) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + return m, nil +} + +// UnmarshalJSON sets *m to a copy of data. +func (m *RawMessage) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) error { + if m == nil { + return errors.New("googleapi.RawMessage: UnmarshalJSON on nil pointer") + } + *m = append((*m)[:0], data...) + return nil +} + +/* + * Helper routines for simplifying the creation of optional fields of basic type. + */ + +// Bool is a helper routine that allocates a new bool value +// to store v and returns a pointer to it. +func Bool(v bool) *bool { return &v } + +// Int32 is a helper routine that allocates a new int32 value +// to store v and returns a pointer to it. +func Int32(v int32) *int32 { return &v } + +// Int64 is a helper routine that allocates a new int64 value +// to store v and returns a pointer to it. +func Int64(v int64) *int64 { return &v } + +// Float64 is a helper routine that allocates a new float64 value +// to store v and returns a pointer to it. +func Float64(v float64) *float64 { return &v } + +// Uint32 is a helper routine that allocates a new uint32 value +// to store v and returns a pointer to it. +func Uint32(v uint32) *uint32 { return &v } + +// Uint64 is a helper routine that allocates a new uint64 value +// to store v and returns a pointer to it. +func Uint64(v uint64) *uint64 { return &v } + +// String is a helper routine that allocates a new string value +// to store v and returns a pointer to it. +func String(v string) *string { return &v }